HPSC INC
10-K, 1997-03-31
FINANCE LESSORS
Previous: ROADRUNNER VIDEO GROUP INC, 10-K405, 1997-03-31
Next: AN CON GENETICS INC, 10KSB, 1997-03-31



<PAGE>

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-K
 
/X/ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                   For fiscal year ended DECEMBER 31, 1996 
                                  or 
/ / TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
Commission file number 0-11618
 
                                 HPSC, INC. 
   --------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                   04-2560004
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
       (State or other jurisdiction of        (IRS Employer Identification No.
       incorporation or organization)           04-2560004)
 
     60 STATE STREET, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS                    02109
   -------------------------------------------------  ------------------------
    (Address of principal executive offices)                (Zip Code)
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code (617) 720-3600
 
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act:
 
                               NONE
 
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
 
                   COMMON STOCK-PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE
                 ----------------------------------------
                             (Title of class)
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
                               YES /X/ NO / /
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any other
amendment to this Form 10-K.
 
                               YES / / NO /X/
 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant was $21,645,217 at February 28, 1997, representing 3,533,913 shares.
 
The number of shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, outstanding
as of February 28, 1997 was 4,657,930.
 
<PAGE>

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to 
be held May 13, 1997 (the "1997 Proxy Statement") are incorporated by 
reference into Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K.

    The 1997 Proxy Statement, except for the parts therein which have been
specifically incorporated by reference, shall not be deemed "filed" as part of
this report on Form 10-K.
<PAGE>

                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company is a specialty finance company engaged primarily in financing 
healthcare providers throughout the United States. To date, the largest part 
of the Company's revenues has been derived from its financing of healthcare 
equipment. HPSC also finances the purchase of healthcare practices, 
particularly dental practices. The Company has over 20 years of experience as 
a provider of financing to dental professionals in the United States. Through 
its subsidiary, ACFC, the Company also provides asset-based lending to a 
variety of businesses in the northeastern United States.
 
    HPSC provides financing for equipment and other practice-related expenses 
to the dental, ophthalmic, general medical, chiropractic and veterinary 
professions. On a consolidated basis, approximately 60.0% of the Company's 
business arises from equipment financing, approximately 30.0% from related 
financing, including practice finance, leasehold improvements, office 
furniture, working capital and supplies, and approximately 10% from 
asset-based lending. HPSC principally competes in the portion of the 
healthcare finance market where the size of the transaction is $250,000 or 
less, sometimes referred to as the "small-ticket" market. The average size of 
the Company's financing transactions in 1996 has been approximately $25,000. 
In connection with its equipment financings, the Company enters into 
noncancellable installment sales and lease contracts, substantially all of 
which provide for a full payout at a fixed interest rate over a term of one 
to seven years. The Company markets its financing services to healthcare 
providers in a number of ways, including direct marketing through trade 
shows, conventions and advertising, through its sales staff with 14 offices 
in nine states and through cooperative arrangements with equipment vendors.
 
    At December 31, 1996, HPSC's outstanding leases and notes receivable 
owned and managed were approximately $190 million, consisting of 
approximately 11,100 active contracts. HPSC's financing contract originations 
in 1996 were approximately $86.9 million compared to approximately $60.9 
million in 1995, an increase of 42.7%, which compared to financing contract 
originations of approximately $28.4 million in 1994, an increase of 114.4%. 
The following table summarizes HPSC's financing contract originations for 
fiscal years 1994, 1995 and 1996 (excluding ACFC originations).
 
                      HPSC Originations by Market (1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1994                        1995                        1996
                                                --------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                 DOLLAR     PERCENTAGE OF    DOLLAR     PERCENTAGE OF    DOLLAR     PERCENTAGE OF
MARKET                                           AMOUNT     ORIGINATIONS     AMOUNT     ORIGINATIONS     AMOUNT     ORIGINATIONS
- ----------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>              <C>        <C>
Dental........................................  $  19,000          67.0%    $  28,900          47.0%    $  45,900          53.0%
Other Medical (2).............................      9,400          33.0%       32,000          53.0%       41,000          47.0%
                                                ---------         -----     ---------         -----     ---------         -----
Total.........................................  $  28,400         100.0%    $  60,900         100.0%    $  86,900         100.0%
                                                ---------         -----     ---------         -----     ---------         -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Items financed include equipment (through leases and notes), leasehold    
improvements, working capital, supplies, as well as practice finance. 
(2) Includes financing contracts for the ophthalmic, general medical,     
chiropractic and veterinary professions.
 
    ACFC, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, provides asset-based 
financing, principally in the northeastern United States, for companies which 
cannot readily obtain traditional bank financing. The ACFC loan portfolio 
generally provides the Company with a greater spread over its borrowing costs 
than the Company can achieve in its healthcare financing business. The 
Company anticipates that it will expand its asset-based financing business. 
The following table summarizes ACFC's line of credit originations for fiscal 
1994, 1995 and 1996.


<PAGE>
 
ACFC ORIGINATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    -------------------------------
                                                                                      1994       1995       1996
                                                                                    ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Amount of Originated Lines of Credit..............................................  $   5,000  $  12,100  $  17,600
Balance Outstanding (period end)..................................................  $   4,000  $  12,000  $  18,700
Number of Lines of Credit Originated..............................................          2          8         14
</TABLE>
 
    The continuing increase in the Company's originations of financing 
contracts and lines of credit resulted in a 36.1% increase in the Company's 
revenues for fiscal year 1996, as compared with fiscal year 1995, and an 
10.7% increase in the Company's revenues for fiscal year 1995 compared with 
fiscal year 1994. This percentage increase in revenues is lower than the 
percentage increase in originations because revenues consist of earned income 
on leases and notes, which is a function of the amount of net investment in 
leases and notes and the level of interest rates, and is recognized over the 
life of the financing contract, while originations are recognized at the time 
of origination.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's strategy is to expand its business and enhance its 
profitability by (i) increasing its share of the dental equipment financing 
market, the Company's traditional market, as well as by expanding its 
activities in other healthcare markets; (ii) diversifying the Company's 
revenue stream through its practice finance and asset-based lending 
businesses; (iii) emphasizing service to vendors and customers; (iv) 
increasing its direct sales and other marketing efforts; (v) maintaining and 
increasing its access to low-cost capital and managing interest rate risks; 
(vi) continuing to manage effectively its credit risks; and (vii) 
capitalizing on information technology to increase productivity and enable 
the Company to manage a higher volume of financing transactions. Important 
components of the Company's strategy include:
 
    - Increase Healthcare Equipment Financing. The Company's goal is to increase
      its share of the dental equipment financing market, as well as to expand
      its activities in other healthcare markets, such as the ophthalmic,
      general medical, chiropractic and veterinary professions. The Company is
      pursuing this goal by hiring sales personnel with experience in financing
      for those professions, through direct sales calls and advertising and by
      applying the Company's experience in the dental profession to other
      medical professions. The Company has increased its share of the dental
      equipment financing market in each year since 1993 and believes that it
      can increase its market share in other targeted professions through its
      sales and marketing efforts and high level of service. The Company
      believes that it has benefited and will continue to benefit from
      technological advances which stimulate the demand for new and upgraded
      healthcare equipment. The Company also believes that regulatory trends in
      the healthcare professions have resulted in greater demand for outpatient
      services, which may result in greater need for medical outpatient
      equipment and supporting office equipment, including office automation
      equipment. The Company intends to pursue these potential opportunities for
      new financing business. This Note offering will increase the Company's
      capital base, thereby permitting the Company to increase its financing
      activity.
 
    - Diversify Revenue Stream. In addition to retaining and increasing its
      share of the healthcare equipment financing market, the Company plans to
      expand its presence in the practice finance and asset-based lending
      markets. In 1996, practice finance transactions accounted for
      approximately 13.0% of HPSC's financing contract originations. HPSC has
      originated approximately 260 practice finance loans aggregating 
      approximately $24.6 million over the past three years. In addition to this
      business being profitable on a stand-alone basis, management believes that
      practice finance earns HPSC substantial goodwill among healthcare 
      providers. Asset-based lending through ACFC accounts for approximately 10%
      of the Company's revenues on a consolidated basis. ACFC has entered into 
      24 asset-based lending transactions since its inception in 1994, totaling
      approximately $34.7 million in lines of credit, and currently has 
      approximately $18.7 million of loans outstanding. The Company anticipates
      that it will expand its asset-based financing business.
 
    - Emphasize Service to Vendors and Customers. The Company believes that
      healthcare providers seek financing through the Company in large part due
      to the high level of service it provides to both customers and vendors,
      including the Company's familiarity with the specialized needs of dental
      and medical professionals, the speed and convenience of financing
      equipment through the Company and the Company's established relationships
      with equipment vendors. The Company competes with other providers of
      financing services for the business of vendors by ensuring that vendors in
      approved equipment financing transactions are paid promptly for the
      equipment, usually within one day of delivery to the customer. The Company
      intends to continue to provide equipment vendors with timely, 

<PAGE>

      convenient and competitive financing for their equipment sales and with a
      variety of other value-added services that promote both the vendors' 
      equipment sales and the selection of the Company to provide financing, 
      and thereby expects to continue to obtain referrals for additional 
      financing transactions. The Company also will continue to emphasize 
      customer service, which includes the flexibility to customize financing
      arrangements to the needs of individual healthcare providers. In most 
      cases, the Company's sales representatives work directly with the vendors'
      potential purchasers, providing them with the guidance necessary to 
      complete the equipment financing transaction. The Company believes that 
      such "consultative financing" has enhanced, and will continue to enhance, 
      customer satisfaction and loyalty.
 
    - Increase Direct Sales and Other Marketing Efforts. The Company currently
      has sales and marketing personnel located in 14 offices across the United
      States. The Company intends to open additional sales offices and to
      continue to hire sales staff with significant prior experience in the
      healthcare financing business. In addition to promoting its financing
      services through its sales and marketing personnel, the Company relies on
      various equipment financing referral sources and relationships with
      vendors and manufacturers of dental, medical and other equipment and
      intends to further leverage these relationships. Management believes that
      this marketing approach is more effective than isolated solicitations of
      equipment purchasers. The Company also expects to continue to broaden its
      customer base through national advertising in trade journals and
      magazines, by participation in trade shows and through the broad
      dissemination of literature describing the Company's financing programs.
 
    - Reduce Borrowing Costs and Manage Interest Rate Risks. In order to reduce
      its borrowing costs and manage interest rate risks, the Company seeks to
      match-fund its financing contracts through a variety of funding sources.
      Currently the Company has access to funding through the $95 million
      Revolver and the $100 million Bravo asset securitization facility, as well
      as its asset sales to, and loans from, a number of savings banks. The
      Company completed the Funding I and Bravo asset securitizations to take
      advantage of the significantly lower cost of funds available under these
      facilities, as compared with the Company's bank borrowings, with which to
      finance its contract originations. The Company's recently completed
      amendment to its Bravo asset securitization facility permits it to sell up
      to $30 million of financing assets under that program on a limited
      recourse basis. The Company will continue to seek advantageous sources of
      credit, possibly including additional securitizations and asset sales, if
      appropriate.
 
    - Manage Credit Risk. The Company employs comprehensive credit review
      procedures. The credit background of each potential customer is checked
      with one or more commercial credit reporting agencies, including TRW Inc.,
      Equifax Inc., Trans Union Corporation and Dun & Bradstreet Corporation. 
      Appropriate professional organizations may be consulted regarding the 
      customer's professional status. In addition to a customer's credit 
      profile, information such as the equipment type and vendor may be
      considered in some circumstances. The delinquency rate (based on
      contractual balances more than 60 days past due) of the Company's
      equipment financing contract portfolio has declined from 11.0% in fiscal
      year 1994 to 4.2% at December 31, 1996. The Company believes that its
      delinquency rate has declined because of (i) the Company's comprehensive
      on-line credit evaluation procedure to screen financing applications, (ii)
      the Company's improved collection procedures and (iii) growth in the
      Company's portfolio of financing contracts. Management believes that the
      Company's credit and loss experience compares favorably with other
      "small-ticket" equipment finance companies. The Company will continue its
      thorough credit application screening process and will seek to maintain
      the decline in its delinquency rate.
 
    - Capitalize on Information Technology. The Company has developed automated
      information systems and telecommunications capabilities tailored to
      support all areas within the organization. Systems support is provided for
      accounting, taxes, credit, collections, operations, sales, sales support
      and marketing. The Company has invested a significant amount of time and
      capital in computer hardware and proprietary customized software and has
      developed a substantial database of information that enables the Company
      to better target its sales and marketing activities. The Company's Boston
      headquarters is linked electronically with all of the Company's other
      offices. Each salesperson's laptop computer can also connect to the Boston
      office, permitting a salesperson to respond promptly to a customer's
      financing request. This capability also permits the Company to control the
      speed, accuracy and quality of the credit application process. The
      Company's centralized data processing system provides timely support for
      the marketing and service efforts of the Company's salespeople and for
      equipment manufacturers and dealers. The Company's computerized systems
      also provide management with accurate, up-to-date customer data which it
      uses to strengthen the Company's internal controls and forecasting. The
      Company believes that its system is among the most advanced in the
      small-ticket equipment financing industry and can accommodate
      significantly greater financing volume, giving the Company 

<PAGE>

      a competitive advantage based on the speed of its contract processing, 
      control over credit risk and high level of service.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    The equipment financing industry in the United States includes a wide
variety of sources for financing the purchase and leasing of equipment, ranging
from specialty financing companies, which concentrate on a particular industry
or financing vehicle, to large banking institutions, which offer a full array of
financial services. According to the Equipment Leasing Association of America
("ELA") 1995 Annual Survey of Industry Activity & Business Operations, the total
financing volume in the United States for all types of equipment (including
medical) was estimated to be approximately $160 billion in 1995, of which
medical equipment, according to responses to the ELA survey, accounted for 3.1%
(or approximately $5.0 billion) of 1995 total annual financing volume.
 
    The medical equipment finance industry includes two distinct markets 
which are generally differentiated based on equipment price and type of 
healthcare provider. The first market, in which the Company currently does 
not compete, is financing of equipment priced at over $250,000, which is 
typically sold to hospitals and other institutional purchasers. Because of 
the size of the purchase, long sales cycle, and number of financing 
alternatives generally available to these types of customers, their choice 
among financing alternatives tends to be based primarily on cost of 
financing. The second market, in which the Company competes, is the financing 
of lower-priced or "small-ticket" equipment, where the price of the financed 
equipment is generally $250,000 or less. Much of this equipment is sold to 
individual practitioners or small group practices, including dentists, 
ophthalmologists, physicians, chiropractors, veterinarians and other 
healthcare providers. The Company focuses on the small-ticket market because 
it is able to respond in a prompt and flexible manner to the needs of 
individual customers. Management believes that purchasers in the small-ticket 
healthcare equipment market often seek the value-added sales support and 
general ease of conducting business which the Company offers.
 
    The Company believes that healthcare providers are increasingly choosing to
purchase rather than lease, equipment because of (i) the availability of a tax
deduction of up to $17,500 of the purchase price in the first year of equipment
use, (ii) changes in healthcare reimbursement methodologies that reduce
incentives to lease equipment for relatively short periods of time and (iii) a
reduced difference in financing costs between equipment purchases and equipment
leases, due to generally lower interest rates. Consistent with industry trends,
installment sales agreements (notes) now comprise 60% of the financing contracts
originated by the Company.
 
    Although the Company has focused its business in the past on equipment
finance, it has expanded more recently into practice finance. Practice finance
is a specialized segment of the finance industry, in which the Company's primary
competitors are banks. Practice finance is a relatively new business opportunity
for financing companies such as HPSC that has developed as the sale of
healthcare professional practices has increased. The primary sources of
healthcare practice financing are banks; not all financing companies provide
this service. Typically, HPSC has financed approximately 70% of the cost of the
practice being purchased, although buyers are increasingly choosing to finance
the entire purchase price. Management believes that HPSC is a leading provider
of dental practice financing, due in large part to its active advertising
program to the dental profession and direct solicitation of dental healthcare
providers.
 
HEALTHCARE PROVIDER FINANCING
 
    TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
    The Company's business consists primarily of the origination of equipment
financing contracts pursuant to which the Company finances the acquisition by
healthcare providers of various types of equipment as well as leasehold
improvements, working capital and supplies. The contracts are either installment
sales agreements (notes) or lease agreements and are noncancellable. The
installment sales agreements are full payout contracts and provide for scheduled
payments sufficient, in the aggregate, to cover the Company's borrowing costs
and the costs of the underlying equipment, and to provide the Company with an
appropriate profit margin. The majority of contracts originated by the Company
(approximately 60%) are installment sales agreements. The balance of the
equipment financing contracts originated by the Company are leases. The Company
provides its leasing customers with an option to purchase the equipment at the
end of the lease for 10% of its original cost. Since 1991, approximately 99% of
lessees have exercised this option. The average cost of financings by HPSC in
1996 was approximately $26,000. In that period, HPSC entered into approximately
3,740 new financing contracts, an increase of approximately 33.6% from 1995.
 
    All of the Company's equipment financing contracts require the customer to:
(i) maintain, service and operate the equipment in accordance with the
manufacturer's and government-mandated procedures; (ii) maintain property and
public liability insurance for the equipment; (iii) pay all taxes associated
with the equipment; and (iv) make all scheduled contract payments regardless of
the performance of the equipment. Substantially all of the Company's financing
contracts provide for principal and interest payments due monthly for the term
of the contract. In the event of default by a customer, the financing contract
provides that the Company has the rights afforded creditors under law, including
the right to repossess the underlying 

<PAGE>

equipment and in the case of legal proceedings arising from a default, to 
recover damages and attorneys' fees. The Company's equipment financing 
contracts generally provide for late fees and service charges to be applied 
on payments which are overdue. In 1996, the Company billed approximately $1.1 
million in late fees and service charges on late payments, compared to 
approximately $700,000 in 1995. This increase was due to growth in the 
Company's portfolio and to the completion of the Company's implementation of 
a modified late fee and service charge program, rather than to increased 
delinquencies.
 
    Although the customer has the full benefit of the equipment manufacturers'
warranties with respect to the equipment it finances, the Company makes no
warranties to its customers as to the equipment. In addition, the financing
contract obligates the customer to continue to make contract payments regardless
of any defects in the equipment. Under an installment sale contract (note), the
customer holds title to the equipment and the Company has a lien on the
equipment to secure the loan; under a lease, the Company retains title to the
equipment. The Company has the right to assign any financing contract without
the consent of the customer.
 
    A practice finance transaction typically takes the form of a loan to a
healthcare provider purchasing a practice, which is secured by the assets of the
practice being financed and may be secured by one or more personal guarantees or
personal assets. The average size of a practice finance transaction is
approximately $100,000, with a typical contract term of 60 to 72 months.
 
    The length of the Company's lease agreements and notes due in installments
range from 12 to 84 months, with a median term of 60 months and an average
initial term of 55 months, and an average implicit interest rate, before the
yield adjustment for deferred origination costs, of 13.0% for 1996 originations
(excluding ACFC).
 
    CUSTOMERS
 
    The primary customers for the Company's financing contracts are healthcare
providers, including dentists, ophthalmologists, other physicians, chiropractors
and veterinarians. The following table provides the general composition of the
Company's healthcare finance portfolio as of December 31, 1996 (excluding ACFC's
portfolio).
 
                     HPSC Leases and Notes Receivable (1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
                                                                     DOLLARS   PERCENTAGE    CONTRACTS   PERCENTAGE
                                                                   ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Dental...........................................................  $  130,910        69.0%       7,900         71.2%
Other Medical (2)................................................  $   59,000        31.0%       3,200         28.8%
                                                                   ----------       -----   -----------       -----
Total............................................................  $  189,910       100.0%      11,100        100.0%
                                                                   ----------       -----   -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes receivables owned or managed
 
(2) Includes ophthalmic, general medical, chiropractic and veterinary providers.
 
    As of December 31, 1996, no single customer (or group of affiliated
customers) accounted for more than 1% of the Company's healthcare finance
portfolio.
 
    The Company's customers are located throughout the United States, but
primarily in heavily populated states such as California, Florida, Texas,
Illinois and New York.
 
    REALIZATION OF RESIDUAL VALUES ON EQUIPMENT LEASES
 
    Since 1994, the Company has realized over 99% of the residual value of
equipment covered by leases. The overall growth in the Company's equipment lease
portfolio in recent years has resulted in increases in the aggregate amount of
recorded residual values. Substantially all of the residual values on the
Company's balance sheet as of December 31, 1996 are attributable to leases which
will expire by the end of 2001. Realization of such values depends on factors
not within the Company's control, such as the condition of the equipment, the
cost of comparable new equipment and the technological or economic obsolescence
of equipment. Although the Company has received over 99% of recorded residual
values for leases which expired during the last three years, there can be no
assurance that this realization rate will be maintained.
 
    PRACTICE FINANCE
 
    The Company regularly provides financing to healthcare providers in
connection with the acquisition of professional practices. HPSC typically makes
a loan to the professional acquiring the practice, which is 

<PAGE>

secured by all of the assets of the practice and which may require a personal 
guarantee and a pledge of personal assets by the professional who is 
obtaining the financing. Through December 31, 1996, the Company has 
originated a total of approximately 260 practice finance loans aggregating 
approximately $24.6 million, with an average loan of approximately $100,000. 
The term of such loans averages 60 to 84 months. In 1996, practice finance 
generated approximately 13.0% of HPSC's financing contract originations. 
Management believes that its practice finance business contributes to the 
diversification of the Company's revenue sources and earns HPSC substantial 
goodwill among healthcare providers. All practice finance inquiries received 
at the Company's sales office, or by its salespersons in the field, are 
referred to the Boston office for processing.
 
    The Company solicits business for its practice finance services primarily by
advertising in trade magazines, attending healthcare conventions, and directly
approaching potential purchasers of healthcare practices. Over half of the
healthcare practices financed by the Company to date have been dental practices.
The Company has also financed the purchase of practices by chiropractors,
ophthalmologists, general medical practitioners and veterinarians.
 
    The following table sets forth the estimated practice finance loan
originations for fiscal years 1994, 1995 and 1996.
 
                             PRACTICE FINANCE ORIGINATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                      -------------------------------
                                                                                        1994       1995       1996
                                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
Amount of Originations..............................................................  $   3,200  $   8,400  $  13,000
Number of Contracts.................................................................         50         90        120
</TABLE>
 
    GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND HEALTHCARE TRENDS
 
    The majority of the Company's present customers are healthcare providers.
The healthcare industry is subject to substantial federal, state and local
regulation. In particular, the federal and state governments have enacted laws
and regulations designed to control healthcare costs, including mandated
reductions in fees for the use of certain medical equipment and the enactment of
fixed-price reimbursement systems, where the rates of payment to healthcare
providers for particular types of care are fixed in advance of actual treatment.
The United States Congress is considering changes to the Medicare program. The
impact on the Company's business of any changes to the Medicare program which
may be adopted cannot be predicted.
 
    Major changes have occurred in the United States healthcare delivery system,
including the formation of integrated patient care networks (often involving
joint ventures between hospitals and physician groups), as well as the grouping
of healthcare consumers into managed-care organizations sponsored by insurance
companies and other third parties. Moreover, state healthcare initiatives have
significantly affected the financing and structure of the healthcare delivery
system. These changes have not yet had a material effect on the Company's
business, but the effect of any changes on the Company's future business cannot
be predicted.
 
    The Company believes that the trend toward managed healthcare through 
health maintenance organizations may have a positive effect on the Company's 
future operations. The Company believes that as primary care physicians 
increasingly become "gatekeepers" to more specialized care, the Company will 
be able to accelerate its marketing programs to family and general 
practitioners. These physicians would require additional, cost-effective 
equipment that emphasizes early diagnosis and screening as compared to the 
more costly "big-ticket" medical equipment purchased by hospitals for 
treatment purposes. Medicaid managed care programs also encourage the 
increased availability of cost-effective "small-ticket" equipment such as 
that financed by the Company. Furthermore, the various reform initiatives are 
intended to result in a greater percentage of the population having access to 
some type of health coverage, which would increase the likelihood that 
healthcare providers will be reimbursed at some (perhaps lower) rate for 
services provided to this expanded insured population, thereby improving the 
credit quality of providers and increasing their ability to purchase and 
finance new equipment.
 
ASSET-BASED LENDING
 
    ACFC makes asset-based loans of $3 million or less, primarily secured by
accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. ACFC typically makes accounts
receivable loans to borrowers that cannot obtain traditional bank financing in a
variety of industries (none of which to date are medical). ACFC takes a security
interest in all of the borrower's assets and monitors collection of its
receivables. Advances on a revolving loan generally do not exceed 80% of the
borrower's eligible accounts receivable. ACFC also makes revolving and "term
like" inventory loans not exceeding 50% of the value of the customer's active
inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market rate. Finally, ACFC provides
term financing for equipment, which is secured by the machinery and equipment of
the borrower. Each of ACFC's officers has over ten years of experience providing
these types of financing on behalf of various finance companies.

<PAGE>
 
    The average ACFC loan is for a term of two to three years in an amount of $1
million. No single borrower accounts for more than 10% of ACFC's aggregate
portfolio, and no more than 25% of ACFC's portfolio is concentrated in any
single industry.
 
    ACFC's loans are "fully followed," which means that ACFC receives daily
settlement statements of its borrowers' accounts receivable. ACFC participates
in the collection of its borrowers' accounts receivable and requires that
payments be made directly to an ACFC lock-box account. Availability under lines
of credit is usually calculated daily. ACFC's credit committee, which includes
members of the senior management of HPSC, must approve in advance all ACFC
loans. To date, ACFC has experienced no loan losses; however, there can be no
assurance that it will not experience losses in the future.
 
    From its inception through December 31, 1996, ACFC has provided 24 lines of
credit totaling $34.7 million and currently has approximately $18.7 million of
loans outstanding to 18 borrowers. The annual dollar volume of originations of
lines of credit by ACFC has grown from $5.0 million in 1994 to $12.1 million in
1995 to $17.6 million in 1996. The Company anticipates that ACFC's asset-based
lending will continue to grow.
 
CREDIT AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
 
    The Company processes all credit applications, and monitors all existing 
contracts, at its corporate headquarters in Boston, Massachusetts (other than 
ACFC applications and contracts, all of which are processed at ACFC's 
headquarters in West Hartford, Connecticut). The Company's credit procedure 
requires the review, verification and approval of a potential customer's 
credit file, accurate and complete documentation, delivery of the equipment 
and verification of installation by the customer, and correct invoicing by 
the vendor. When a sales representative receives a credit application from a 
potential customer, he or she enters it into the Company's computer system. 
The Company's credit requirements usually include an acceptable personal 
payment history and minimum credit rating scores on several credit reporting 
agency models, and generally require that the borrower be a practicing 
licensed medical professional. The credit of the potential customer is 
checked with one or more commercial credit reporting agencies, including TRW 
Inc., Equifax Inc., Trans Union Corporation and Dun & Bradstreet Corporation. 
Appropriate professional organizations may be consulted regarding the 
customer's professional status. In addition to a customer's credit profile, 
information such as the equipment type and vendor may be considered. The type 
and amount of information and time required for a credit decision varies 
according to the nature, size and complexity of each transaction. In smaller, 
less complicated transactions, a decision can often be reached within one 
hour; more complicated transactions may require up to three or four days. 
Once the equipment is shipped and installed, the vendor invoices the Company. 
The Company verifies that the customer has received and accepted the 
equipment and obtains the customer's authorization to pay the vendor. 
Following this telephone verification, the file is forwarded to the contract 
administration department for audit, booking and funding and to commence 
automated billing and transaction accounting procedures.
 
    Timely and accurate vendor payments are essential to the Company's business.
In order to maintain its relationships with existing vendors and attract new
vendors, the Company makes most payments to vendors for financed equipment
within one day of equipment delivery to the customer.
 
    ACFC's underwriting procedures include an evaluation of the collectibility
of the borrower's receivables that are pledged to ACFC, including an evaluation
of the validity of such receivables and the creditworthiness of the payors of
such receivables. ACFC may also require its customers to pay for credit
insurance with respect to its loans. The Loan Administration Officer of ACFC is
responsible for maintaining its lending standards and for monitoring its loans
and underlying collateral. Before approving a loan, ACFC examines the
prospective customer's books and records, and continues to make such
examinations and to monitor its customers' operations as it deems necessary
during the term of the loan. Loan officers are required to rate the risk of each
loan made by ACFC, and to update the rating upon 

<PAGE>

receipt of any financial statement from the customer or when 90 days have 
elapsed since the date of the last rating. Loan loss reserves are based on a 
percentage of loans outstanding. An account will be placed in non-accrual 
status when a customer is unable to service the debt and the collateral is 
deteriorating.
 
    The Company considers its finance portfolio assets to consist of two general
categories of assets based on such assets' relative risk.
 
    The first category of assets consists of the Company's lease contracts and
notes receivable due in installments, which comprise approximately 87.7% of the
Company's net investment in leases and notes at December 31, 1996 (90.1% at
December 31, 1995). Substantially all of such contracts and notes are due from
licensed medical professionals, principally dentists, who practice in individual
or small group practices. Such contracts and notes are at fixed interest rates
and have terms ranging from 12 to 84 months. The Company believes that leases
and notes entered into with medical professionals are generally "small-ticket,"
homogeneous transactions with similar risk characteristics. Except for the
amounts described in the following paragraph related to asset-based lending, all
of the Company's historical provision for losses, charge offs, recoveries and
allowance for losses have related to its lease contracts and notes due in
installments.
 
    The second category of assets consists of the Company's notes receivable,
which comprise approximately 12.3% of the Company's net investment in leases and
notes at December 31, 1996 (9.9% at December 31, 1995). Such notes receivable
consist of commercial, asset-based, revolving lines of credit to small and
medium size manufacturers and distributors, at variable interest rates, and
typically have terms of two years. The Company began commercial lending
activities in mid-1994. Through December 31, 1996, the Company has not had any
charge-offs of commercial notes receivable. The provision for losses related to
the commercial notes receivable was $146,000, $95,000 and $43,000 in 1996, 1995
and 1994, respectively. The amount of the allowance for losses related to the
commercial notes receivable was $284,000 and $138,000 at December 31, 1996 and
1995, respectively.
 
COLLECTION AND LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
    The delinquency statistics for the Company's equipment financing contract 
portfolio have improved every year since 1993. The delinquency rate (based on 
contractual balances more than 60 days past due) of the Company's portfolio 
has declined from 11.0% at December 31, 1994 to 4.2% at December 31, 1996. 
The Company believes that the delinquency rate has declined because of (i) 
the Company's comprehensive on-line credit evaluation procedure to screen 
financing applications, (ii) the Company's improved collection procedures and 
(iii) growth in the Company's portfolio of financing contracts. The Company 
believes that its credit and loss experience compares favorably with other 
"small-ticket" equipment finance companies.
 
    The Company uses its own five-person in-house staff to collect late payments
from customers and manage accounts that are in litigation. When an account is 30
days past due, the Company begins collection procedures. The following table
illustrates HPSC's delinquent payment experience in fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996
(excluding ACFC loans).
 
                         Delinquency Experience (1)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ---------------------------------------------
                                                                1994              1995            1996
                                                            ------------  ----------------   ------------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>                   <C>     
Total Portfolio Owned and Managed.........................  $100,045         $130,066           $189,910
Contractual Delinquencies:
  61-90 days..............................................    $1,925           $2,314             $2,134
  Over 90 days............................................     9,108            4,964              5,763
                                                            ------------  ----------------   ------------
Total Contractual Delinquencies (over 60 days)............   $11,033           $7,278             $7,897
                                                            ------------  ----------------   ------------
Contractual Delinquencies as a Percentage of Total
  Portfolio Owned and Managed
  61-90 days..............................................       1.9%             1.8%               1.1%
  Over 90 days............................................       9.1              3.8                3.1
                                                            ------------  ----------------   ------------
Total Contractual Delinquencies (over 60 days)............      11.0%             5.6%               4.2%
                                                            ------------  ----------------   -------------
Net charge-offs divided by Average Total Portfolio Owned
  and Managed (2).........................................       1.7%             1.2%               0.9%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes ACFC. To date, ACFC has experienced no credit losses in its
    asset-based lending portfolio.
 
(2) Excludes losses attributable to the Company's discontinued Canadian
    operations.
 
ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES; CHARGE-OFFS

<PAGE>
 
    The Company maintains an allowance for losses in connection with equipment
financing contracts and other loans held in the Company's portfolio at a level
which the Company deems sufficient to meet future estimated uncollectible
receivables, based on an analysis of delinquencies, problem accounts, and
overall risks and probable losses associated with such contracts, and a review
of the Company's historical loss experience. At December 31, 1996, this
allowance for losses was 2.7% of the Company's net investment in leases and
notes (before allowance). There can be no assurance that this allowance will
prove to be adequate. Failure of the Company's customers to make scheduled
payments under their financing contracts could require the Company to (i) make
payments in connection with the recourse portion of its borrowing relating to
such contract, (ii) forfeit its residual interest in any underlying equipment
and (iii) forfeit cash collateral pledged as security for the Company's asset
securitizations. In addition, although net charge-offs on the financing
contracts originated by the Company have been 1.1% of the Company's average net
investment in leases and notes (before allowance) for the year ended December
31, 1996, any increase in such losses or in the rate of payment defaults under
the financing contracts originated by the Company could adversely affect the
Company's ability to obtain additional funding, including its ability to
complete additional asset securitizations.
 
    Accounts are normally charged off when future payment is deemed unlikely.
The following table illustrates the Company's historical allowance for losses
and charge-off experience.
 

<PAGE>
                                          CHARGE-OFFS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED                                 
                                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             DEC. 26,           DEC. 25,     DEC. 31,    DEC. 31,    DEC. 31,  
                                                               1992             1993 (1)       1994        1995        1996       
                                                          ---------------  --------------  ----------  ----------  ----------     
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>                  <C>         <C>         <C>       
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                            
Allowance for losses:                                                                                                             
Balance at beginning of period ..........................        $11,033      $  9,216      $6,897     $  4,595       $  4,482    
Additions(2).............................................          4,307        15,104         754        1,266          1,114    
Charge-offs..............................................         (6,179)      (17,501)     (3,350)      (1,504)        (1,609)   
Recoveries...............................................             55            78         294          125             95    
                                                          ---------------    -----------   -------     --------     ----------    
Balance at end of period................................. $         9,216    $   6,897      $4,595     $  4,482      $   4,082    
                                                          ---------------    -----------  --------     --------     ----------    
                                                          
Net investment in leases and notes (before allowance).....$       166,274    $ 116,649     $95,788     $124,398      $ 153,304
Ending allowance divided by net investment in leases and   
  notes (before allowance)................................            5.5%         5.9%        4.8%         3.6%           2.7% 
Charge-offs divided by average net investment in leases and
  notes (before allowance)................................            3.5%        12.4%        3.2%         1.4%           1.2% 
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
 
(1) In 1993, the Company experienced a substantial decrease in originations,
    increased selling, general and administrative costs and a substantial
    adjustment to its allowance for losses, in each case largely as a result of
    the bankruptcy of Healthco, which previously had referred to the Company
    substantially all of the Company's business.
 
(2) In connection with the sale of leases and notes during 1996 and 1995, the
    Company recognized estimated recourse liability of $450,000 and $30,000,
    respectively.
 
    The above table includes a provision for losses related to the commercial
notes receivable of $146,000, $95,000 and $43,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The amount of the allowance for losses related to the commercial
notes receivable was $284,000 and $138,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
FUNDING SOURCES
 
    GENERAL
 
    The Company's principal sources of funding for its financing transactions 
have been: (i) a $95 million Revolver, (ii) a receivables-backed limited 
recourse asset securitization transaction with Funding I in an original 
amount of $70 million, (iii) a securitized limited recourse revolving credit 
facility with Bravo, currently in the amount of $100 million, (iv) a defined 
recourse fixed-term loan from and sales of financing contracts to savings 
banks and other purchasers and (v) the Company's internally generated 
revenues. In March 1997, the Company issued $20,000,000 principal amount 11% 
unsecured senior subordinated notes due 2007, yielding approximately 
$18,500,000 in net proceeds to the Company. Management believes that the 
Company's liquidity is adequate to meet current obligations and future 
projected levels of financings and to carry on normal operations.
 
                                       
    The Revolver is a line of credit arrangement under which the Company may
borrow up to $95 million at any given time at variable rates. The Company is
subject to extensive borrowing covenants and certain restrictions on its
operations in connection with the Revolver. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness."
 
    The Company's securitization transactions provide funding for the 
Company's financing transactions at more favorable interest rates than the 
Company is able to obtain from conventional borrowing sources such as banks. 
In a securitization, the Company sells or contributes financing contracts to 
a special-purpose corporation ("SPC") wholly-owned by the Company. The SPC, 
in turn, either itself or through a third-party trust to which the SPC has 
pledged the financing contracts, issues securities representing an interest 
in the financing contracts to outside investors (the securitization). The 
offering proceeds from the securities are paid to the SPC, which then pays 
the Company for the financing contracts or makes credit available to the 
Company at favorable rates. Simultaneously, the Company and the SPC may 
arrange for interest rate swaps with institutional lenders, such that any 
credit extended to the Company by the SPC can be fixed at a lower rate of 
interest than that being paid on the Company's financing contracts. The SPC 
enlists the services of a credit organization to guarantee the issued 
securities, and pays a fee to the Company to service the underlying contracts 
(subject to the Company's compliance with certain financial and performance 
covenants). As the financing contracts generate revenue from customers' 
monthly payments, that revenue is used by the SPC or the trust to make 
payments on the securities. The SPC is intended to be bankruptcy remote, with 
assets entirely 

<PAGE>

separate from those of the Company. It is limited in its business activities 
to owning the transferred financing contracts, completing the securitization 
of those contracts and providing credit to the Company based on the 
securitization. The SPC may incur indebtedness or other obligations only in 
relation to the securitization. The Company has found that securitizations 
are an effective means of obtaining credit on a limited recourse basis at 
favorable interest rates.
 
    Another funding source for the Company has been sales of its financing 
contracts to, and borrowing against such contracts from, a variety of savings 
banks. Each of these transactions is subject to certain covenants that may 
require the Company to (i) repurchase financing contracts from the bank and 
make payments under certain circumstances, including the delinquency of the 
underlying debtor, and (ii) service the underlying financing contracts. The 
Company carries a recourse reserve for each transaction in its allowance for 
losses and recognizes a gain that is included for accounting purposes in 
earned income for leases and notes for the year in which the transaction is 
completed. Each of these transactions incorporates the covenants under the 
Revolver as such covenants were in effect at the time the asset sale or loan 
agreement was entered into. Any default under the Revolver may trigger a 
default under the loan or asset sale agreements. The Company may enter into 
additional asset sale agreements in the future in order to manage its 
liquidity.
 
    THE REVOLVER
 
    The Company executed a Revolving Credit Agreement on June 23, 1994 with 
The First National Bank of Boston, individually and as Agent, and another 
bank, for borrowing up to $20 million. This agreement was amended and 
restated in May 1995, increasing credit availability to $50 million and 
adding additional lending banks. The agreement was next amended in December 
1995 to increase availability to $60 million and extend the term to December 
31, 1996, and amended again in July 1996 to increase availability to $75 
million, and further amended in December 1996 to increase availability to $95 
million. There are currently five banks providing the credit facility to the 
Company under the Revolver Agreement. Under the Revolver Agreement, the 
Company may borrow at variable rates of prime plus 0.25% to 0.50% and at 
LIBOR plus 1.75% to 2.00%, depending upon certain performance covenants. At 
December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $40 million outstanding 
under this facility. The Revolver is not currently hedged and is, therefore, 
exposed to upward movements in interest rates. See "Description of Certain 
Indebtedness." The Revolver is secured by a lien on the assets of HPSC and 
ACFC (including a pledge of the capital stock of ACFC), including, without 
limitation, Customer Receivables (as defined herein). Accordingly, 
indebtedness under the Revolver constitutes Secured Portfolio Debt for 
purposes of the Indenture, and is senior in right of payment to the Notes.
 
    FUNDING I
 
    In December 1993, in a one-time receivables-backed securitization 
transaction, Funding I (a wholly-owned SPC of the Company) issued $70 million 
of secured notes ("Funding I Notes") bearing interest at 5.01% to three 
institutional investors, Travelers Insurance Company, Prudential Insurance 
Company and the Principal Group. Under the terms of the securitization, the 
Company sold or contributed certain of its financing contracts, equipment 
residual rights and rights to the underlying equipment to Funding I as 
collateral for the Funding I Notes (the "Collateral"). The Funding I Notes 
are rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's. The required monthly payments of 
interest and principal to holders of the Funding I Notes are unconditionally 
guaranteed by Municipal Bond Investor Assurance Corporation ("MBIA") pursuant 
to the terms of a Note guarantee insurance policy. In connection with the 
securitization, the Company made an investment in Funding I, some or all of 
which may be required to fund payments to holders of the Funding I Notes if 
certain default and delinquency ratios relating to the Collateral are not 
met. As of December 31, 1996, Funding I had approximately $9.8 million of 
gross receivables as collateral for the Funding I Notes. The securitization 
agreement also imposes restrictions on cash balances of Funding I under 
certain conditions; at December 31, 1996, this restricted cash amounted to 
approximately $4.0 million. At December 31, 1996, the Funding I Notes had an 
outstanding balance of approximately $7.0 million. Note payments to investors 
for the years 1997 through 1999, based on projected cash flows from the 
Collateral, are expected to be $5.3 million, $1.3 million and $226,000, 
respectively. The Company is not permitted to sell or contribute additional 
financing contracts to Funding I as long as the current investor notes are 
outstanding.
 
    In July and August of 1996, the level of delinquencies of the contracts 
held in Funding I rose above certain levels, as defined in the operative 
documents, and triggered a payment restriction event. This restriction had 
the effect of "trapping" any cash distribution that the Company otherwise 
would have been eligible to receive. The event was considered a technical 
default under the Revolver, which default was waived by the lending banks. In 
September 1996, delinquency levels improved and the payment restrictions were 
removed. A payment restriction event is not unusual during the later stages 
of a static pool securitization and may occur again before Funding I is fully 
paid out. The default provisions of the Revolver Agreement were amended on 
December 12, 1996 to conform to the default provisions of the Funding I 
agreements. As a result, a payment restriction event under Funding I will not 
constitute a default under the Revolver unless such event continues for at 
least six months. There can be no assurance that any future defaults will be 
waived by the lending banks. Under the terms of Funding I, when the principal 
balance of the Funding I Notes equals the balance of the restricted cash in 
the facility, Funding I must automatically pay the Funding I Notes and 
terminate. This event is expected to occur during fiscal 1997. In the event 
of an early termination, the Company could incur a non-cash, non-operating 
charge against earnings representing the early recognition of certain 
unamortized deferred transaction origination costs. At December 31, 1996, 
these unamortized costs were approximately $400,000 and were amortizing at 
approximately $17,000 per month. The Notes are effectively subordinated to 

<PAGE>

the Funding I Notes, which also constitute Secured Portfolio Debt. Funding I 
has not guaranteed payment of the Notes.
 
    BRAVO
 
    In January 1995, the Company entered into a revolving credit 
securitization facility (the "Facility") with another SPC, Bravo, structured 
and guaranteed by CapMAC. Under the Facility, the Company sells certain 
equipment financing contracts to Bravo which, along with the underlying 
equipment, serve as collateral or consideration for cash advanced to Bravo by 
Triple-A One Funding Corporation ("Triple-A"), a commercial paper conduit 
entity. Bravo, in turn, makes cash advances to the Company in return for the 
contracts. In November 1996, the Facility was amended to increase available 
borrowing to up to $100 million and to allow up to $30 million of the 
Facility to be used for sales of financing contracts to Triple-A from Bravo, 
$7.0 million of which had been used for such sales at December 31, 1996. 
Bravo incurs interest at variable rates in the commercial paper market and 
enters into interest rate swap agreements to assure fixed rate funding. 
Additional sales of financing contracts to Bravo from the Company may be made 
subject to certain covenants regarding Bravo's portfolio performance and 
borrowing base calculations. The Company's ability to make additional sales 
under the Facility (and therefore to continue to draw advances at commercial 
paper rates) will depend upon a number of factors, including general 
conditions in the credit markets and the ability of the Company to originate 
financing contracts which satisfy eligibility requirements set forth in the 
Facility documents. There can be no assurance that the Company will continue 
to originate eligible contracts.
 
    In order to secure a AAA rating for its commercial paper, Triple-A has 
established a liquidity line of credit with a group of liquidity banks, for 
which The First National Bank of Boston serves as liquidity agent. Each 
liquidity bank commits to make advances for a one-year term, which term may 
be extended at the sole option of each liquidity bank. The Facility 
terminates on the earlier of the termination of the liquidity banks' 
commitment to make liquidity advances (currently December 1997) or October 
28, 1999, or upon an event of default. Upon termination of the Facility, no 
further advances will be made to either Bravo or the Company, and Bravo will 
continue to pay principal, interest and "sale" payments until all advances 
from Triple-A have been repaid in full. The Company had approximately $67.5 
million outstanding under the Facility on December 31, 1996 and, in 
connection with the Facility, had 14 separate interest rate swap agreements 
with The First National Bank of Boston with a total notional value of 
approximately $65.2 million. The weighted average cost of funds associated 
with Bravo's borrowings under the Facility since January 1995 is 
approximately 7.3%.
 
    The Notes are effectively subordinated to Bravo's obligations to Triple-A,
which also constitute Secured Portfolio Debt. Bravo has not guaranteed payment
of the Notes.
 
    SAVINGS BANK LOAN AND SALES OF FINANCING CONTRACTS
 
    In April 1995, the Company entered into a secured, fixed rate, fixed term
loan agreement with Springfield Institution for Savings under which the Company
borrowed $3.5 million at 9.5% subject to certain recourse and performance
covenants. The Company had approximately $2.4 million outstanding under this
agreement at December 31, 1996. In addition, between November 1995 and December
1996, the Company sold an aggregate of $20.6 million net amount of financing
contracts to the following savings banks: Cambridge Savings Bank; Century Bank
and Trust Co.; First Essex Bank, FSB; and Springfield Institution for Savings.
The loan agreement and the agreements evidencing financing contract sales are
secured by the underlying Customer Receivables. In addition, under the recourse
provisions of the agreements evidencing the financing contract sales, the
Company has a contingent obligation to repurchase the Customer Receivables
securing such agreements and/or make payments on such receivables under certain
circumstances, including delinquencies of the underlying debtors. Upon the
occurrence of a triggering event under the recourse provisions of such
agreements, the Company's obligation to repurchase and/or make payments on the
Customer Receivables would constitute Secured Portfolio Debt.
 
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 
    The Company has developed automated information systems and 
telecommunications capabilities to support all areas within the organization. 
Systems support is provided for accounting, taxes, credit, collections, 
operations, sales, sales support and marketing. The Company has invested a 
significant amount of time and capital in computer hardware and proprietary 
software. The Company's computerized systems provide management with accurate 
and up-to-date customer data which strengthens its internal controls and 
assists in forecasting.
 
    The Company contracts with an outside consulting firm to provide 
information technology services and has developed its own customized computer 
software. The Company's Boston office is linked electronically with all of 
the Company's other offices. Each salesperson's laptop computer may also be 
linked to the computer systems in the Boston office, permitting a salesperson 
to respond to a customer's financing request, or a vendor's informational 
request, almost immediately. Management believes that its investment in 
technology has positioned the Company to manage increased equipment financing 
volume.
 
    The Company's centralized data processing system provides timely support 
for the marketing and service efforts of its salespeople and for equipment 
manufacturers and dealers. The system permits the Company to generate 
collection histories, vendor analyses, customer reports and credit histories 
and other data 

<PAGE>

useful in servicing customers and equipment suppliers. The system is also 
used for financial and tax reporting purposes, internal controls, personnel 
training and management. The Company believes that its system is among the 
most advanced in the small-ticket equipment financing industry, giving the 
Company a competitive advantage based on the speed of its contract 
processing, control over credit risk and high level of service.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    GENERAL
 
    In addition to promoting its financing services through its sales and 
marketing employees, most of whom work out of the Company's regional offices, 
the Company relies on various equipment financing referral sources and 
relationships with vendors and manufacturers of dental, medical and other 
equipment for the marketing of its services. The Company's sales and 
marketing staff focuses its efforts primarily on these vendors in an effort 
to encourage them to recommend the Company as a preferred funding source to 
purchasers of their equipment. The Company then enters into financing 
contracts directly with the vendors' customers.
 
    HPSC currently has 14 field sales and marketing personnel located in 14 
offices throughout the United States, as well as eight sales representatives 
at the Company's Boston headquarters. Sales personnel are assigned to a 
particular region of the country or to a particular healthcare profession. 
Sales personnel generally can obtain approval of a financing transaction 
within 24 to 48 hours, and often within one hour, of completion of 
documentation through use of the Company's computer system. Practice finance 
sales and marketing is managed centrally from Boston, with leads referred to 
Boston from the Company's sales offices. ACFC's employees are located in West 
Hartford, Connecticut. Its business is presently conducted primarily in the 
northeastern United States with all sales and marketing efforts managed from 
its West Hartford office.
 
    The Company's sales force emphasizes customer service, including 
providing customized financing arrangements for individual healthcare 
providers. In most cases, the Company's sales representatives work directly 
with the vendors' potential purchasers, providing them with the guidance 
necessary to complete the equipment financing transaction. The Company 
believes that such "consultative financing" enhances customer satisfaction 
and loyalty.
 
    The Company also attempts to broaden its customer base through national 
advertising in trade journals and magazines, by attending trade shows and 
through the broad dissemination of literature describing the Company's 
financing programs.
 
    VENDORS
 
    The Company's sales representatives establish formal and informal 
relationships with equipment vendors and manufacturers. The primary objective 
of these relationships is for the sales representative to support the 
equipment manufacturer or vendor or their representatives in their sales 
efforts by providing timely, convenient and competitive financing for their 
equipment sales. In addition, the Company provides these vendors with a 
variety of value-added services which simultaneously promote the vendors' 
equipment sales as well as the selection of the Company for financing. These 
services include consulting with the vendors on structuring financing 
transactions which meet the needs of the vendor and the equipment purchaser; 
training the vendor's sales and management staffs to understand and market 
the Company's various financing products; customizing financing products to 
encourage product sales; and, in most cases, working directly with the 
vendors' potential purchasers to provide them with the guidance necessary to 
complete the equipment financing transaction.
 
    The Company believes this method of marketing is more effective than 
isolated solicitations of equipment purchasers. During the year ended 
December 31, 1996, the Company estimates that vendor relationships generated 
a majority of the Company's financing contract originations, but no one 
vendor's financing accounted for more than 13% of the Company's financing 
contract originations. The top ten vendors in terms of the dollar volume of 
the Company's financings for the year ended December 31, 1996, accounted for 
approximately 35% of HPSC's originations during that period.
 
    MARKETING PROGRAMS
 
    The Company employs a number of marketing strategies to promote its 
healthcare provider financing services. For example, the Company advertises 
its services in national publications targeting dental, ophthalmic and other 
healthcare professionals. Representatives of the Company attend approximately 
80 healthcare conventions per year, as well as solicit business directly from 
key manufacturers and distributors of equipment. From time to time, the 
Company participates in special promotions with equipment vendors to 
encourage both the purchase and financing of healthcare equipment. The 
Company also distributes to its customers and others informational brochures, 
which are produced by the Company and which describe the various financing 
services provided by the Company, as well as quarterly outlook fliers and a 
year-end tax advisory letter.

<PAGE>
 
COMPETITION
 
    Healthcare provider financing and asset-based lending are highly 
competitive businesses. The Company competes for customers with a number of 
national, regional and local finance companies, including those which, like 
the Company, specialize in financing for healthcare providers. In addition, 
the Company's competitors include those equipment manufacturers which finance 
the sale or lease of their products themselves, conventional leasing 
companies and other types of financial services companies such as commercial 
banks and savings and loan associations. Although the Company believes that 
it currently has a competitive advantage based on its customer-oriented 
financing and value-added services, many of the Company's competitors and 
potential competitors possess substantially greater financial, marketing and 
operational resources than the Company. Moreover, the Company's future 
profitability will be directly related to the Company's ability to obtain 
capital funding at favorable rates as compared to the capital costs of its 
competitors. The Company's competitors and potential competitors include many 
larger, more established companies that have a lower cost of funds than the 
Company and access to capital markets and to other funding sources which may 
be unavailable to the Company. The Company's ability to compete effectively 
for profitable equipment financing business will continue to depend upon its 
ability to procure funding on attractive terms, to develop and maintain good 
relations with new and existing equipment suppliers, and to attract 
additional customers.
 
    Historically, the Company's equipment finance business has concentrated 
on leasing small-ticket dental, medical and office equipment. The Company may 
in the future finance more expensive equipment than it has in the past. As it 
does so, the Company's competition can be expected to increase. In addition, 
the Company may face greater competition with its expansion into the practice 
finance and asset-based lending markets.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had 67 full-time employees, seven of 
whom work for ACFC, and none of whom was represented by a labor union. 
Approximately 13 of the Company's employees are engaged in credit, 
collections and lease documentation, approximately 30 are in sales, marketing 
and customer service, and 19 are engaged in general administration, tax and 
accounting. Management believes that the Company's employee relations are 
good.
 
ITEM 2 PROPERTY
 
    The Company leases approximately 11,320 square feet of office space at 60 
State Street, Boston, Massachusetts for approximately $24,000 per month. This 
lease expires on May 31, 1999 with a five-year extension option. ACFC leases 
approximately 2,431 square feet at 433 South Main Street, West Hartford, 
Connecticut for approximately $4,000 per month. This lease expires on August 
31, 1999 with a three-year extension option. The Company's total rent expense 
for 1996 under all operating leases was $390,665. The Company also rents 
space as required for its sales locations on a short-term basis. The Company 
believes that its facilities are adequate for its current operations and for 
the foreseeable future.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    Although the Company is from time to time subject to actions or claims 
for damages in the ordinary course of its business and engages in collection 
proceedings with respect to delinquent accounts, the Company is aware of no 
such actions, claims, or proceedings currently pending or threatened that are 
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, 
operating results or financial condition.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth 
quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
    The table below sets forth the representative high and low bid prices for 
shares of the Common Stock in the over the counter market as reported by the 
NASDAQ National Market System (Symbol: "HPSC") for the fiscal years 1996 and 
1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1996 FISCAL YEAR                         HIGH        LOW               1995 FISCAL YEAR               HIGH        LOW
- -------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  -------------------------------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>                                    <C>        <C>
First Quarter........................  $   5 3/4  $   4 1/2  First Quarter........................  $   5 1/2  $   3 5/8
Second Quarter.......................      7 3/8      4 1/2  Second Quarter.......................      5          4 3/8
Third Quarter........................     7 3/16      5 3/4  Third Quarter........................      5 1/8      4 1/2
Fourth Quarter.......................      6 3/4      5 7/8  Fourth Quarter.......................      5 1/4      4 1/2
</TABLE>
 
<PAGE>

    The foregoing quotations represent prices between dealers, and do not
include retail markups, markdowns, or commissions.
 
HOLDERS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF RECORD
TITLE OF CLASS                                                           (AS OF FEBRUARY 28, 1997)
- --------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share                                               95(1)
</TABLE>
 
(1) This number does not reflect beneficial ownership of shares held in
"nominee" or "street" name.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    The Company has never paid any dividends and anticipates that for the
foreseeable future its earnings will be retained for use in its business.
 
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED STOCK
 
    The Company granted a non-qualified stock option to Lowell P. Weicker, 
Jr., a director of the Company, on December 7, 1995 for the purchase of 4,000 
shares of Common Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $4.75 per share 
(the market price per share on the date of grant). Any shares purchased by 
Mr. Weicker under this option will not be registered under the Securities 
Act. Mr. Weicker's option will expire on December 7, 2005 unless terminated 
earlier in accordance with the terms of the option agreement.
 
    The Company granted a non-qualified stock option to Terry Lierman 
effective April 9, 1996 for the purchase of 10,000 shares of Company Common 
Stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share, in recognition of Mr. 
Lierman's agreement to assist the Company in obtaining certain financing 
transactions. Any shares purchased by Mr. Lierman under this option will not 
be registered under the Securities Act. Mr. Lierman's option will expire on 
April 9, 2001 unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the 
option agreement.
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  DEC. 26,       DEC. 25,    DEC. 31,    DEC. 31,    DEC. 31,
                                                    1992         1993 (1)    1994 (2)      1995        1996
                                              ----------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                           <C>               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Statement of Operations Data:
Earned income on leases and notes...........  $         21,734  $   17,095  $   11,630  $   12,871  $   17,515
Gain on sales of leases and notes...........                --          --          --          53       1,572
Provision for losses........................            (4,307)    (15,104)       (754)     (1,296)     (1,564)
                                              ----------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
           Net revenues.....................            17,427       1,991      10,876      11,628      17,523
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..................................             3,574       5,160       6,970       5,984       8,059
Interest expense............................            10,663       9,057       3,514       5,339       8,146
Interest income.............................               (54)        (78)       (358)       (375)       (261)
Loss on write-off of foreign currency
  translation adjustment (3)................                --          --          --         601          --
                                              ----------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes...........             3,244     (12,148)        750          79       1,579
Provision (benefit) for income taxes........             1,260      (4,870)        300         204         704
                                              ----------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss)...........................  $          1,984  $   (7,278) $      450  $     (125) $      875
                                              ----------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income (loss) per share.................  $           0.40  $    (1.48) $     0.09  $    (0.03) $     0.22
                                              ----------------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Shares used to compute net income (loss) per
  share.....................................         4,922,473   4,923,233   4,989,391   3,881,361   4,067,236
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                         
                                 DEC. 26,       DEC. 25,        DEC. 31,           DEC. 31,       DEC. 31,
                                   1992         1993 (1)          1994               1995          1996
                            ------------------  ---------  ------------------  ----------------  ---------  
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                         <C>                 <C>        <C>                 <C>               <C>        
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash
  equivalents.............     $      625          $16,600       $    419         $     861     $   2,176   
Restricted cash...........             --               --          7,936             5,610         6,769   
Net investment in leases
  and notes...............        157,058          109,752         91,193           119,916       149,222   
Total assets..............        158,857          130,437        103,148           130,571       163,217   
Revolving credit
  borrowings..............         24,584            7,130         16,500            39,000        40,000   
Senior notes..............         50,000           50,000         41,024            49,523        76,737   
Senior Subordinated
  Notes...................             --               --             --                --            --   
Subordinated debt.........         19,090           19,962             --                --            --
Total liabilities.........        113,816           92,816         70,326            97,410       128,885   
Total stockholders'
  equity..................         45,041           37,621         32,822            33,161        34,332   
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) In 1993, the Company experienced a substantial decrease in new business,
    increased selling, general and administrative costs and a substantial
    adjustment to its loan loss reserves, in each case largely as a result of
    the bankruptcy of Healthco, which previously had referred to the Company
    substantially all of the Company's business.
 
(2) For 1994 and prior years, the Company's fiscal year was the 52 or 53-week
    period ending on the last Saturday of the calendar year. The 1994 fiscal
    year covers the 53-week period from December 26, 1993 to December 31, 1994.
    In fiscal year 1995, the Company changed its fiscal year-end to 
    December 31.
 
(3) Reflects a one-time, non-cash loss on write-off of cumulative foreign
    currency translation adjustments related to the Company's discontinued
    Canadian operations.
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
        RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    Earned income from leases and notes for 1996 was $17,515,000 (including 
$2,643,000 from ACFC) as compared to $12,871,000 ($1,316,000 from ACFC) for 
1995. This increase of approximately 36.1% was due primarily to the increase 
in the net investment in leases and notes from 1995 to 1996. The increase in 
net investment in leases and notes resulted from an increase of approximately 
41.4% in the Company's financing contract originations for fiscal 1996 to 
approximately $97,000,000 (including approximately $10,000,000 in ACFC 
originations, and excluding $3,800,000 of initial direct costs) from 
$68,600,000 (including $7,600,000 in ACFC originations, and excluding 
$3,000,000 of initial direct costs) for 1995. Gains on sales of leases and 
notes increased to $1,572,000 in 1996 compared to $53,000 in 1995. This 
increase was caused by higher levels of sales activity in 1996. Earned income 
on leases and notes is a function of the amount of net investment in leases 
and notes and the level of financing contract interest rates. Earned income 
is recognized over the life of the net investment in leases and notes, using 
the interest method.
 
    Interest expense net of interest income on cash balances for 1996 was 
$7,885,000 (45.0% of earned income) compared to $4,964,000 (38.6% of earned 
income) for 1995, an increase of 58.8%. The increase in net interest expense 
was due primarily to a 31.9% increase in debt levels from 1995 to 1996, which 
resulted from borrowings to finance the Company's financing contract 
originations. The increase as a percentage of earned income was due to higher 
interest rates on debt in 1996 as compared to 1995.

<PAGE>
 
    Net financing margin (earned income less net interest expense) for fiscal 
1996 was $9,630,000 (55.0% of earned income) as compared to $7,907,000 (61.4% 
of earned income) for 1995. The increase in amount was due to higher earnings 
on a higher balance of earning assets. The decline in percentage of earned 
income was due to higher debt during 1996 as compared to 1995.
 
    The provision for losses for fiscal 1996 was $1,564,000 (8.9% of earned 
income) compared to approximately $1,296,000 (10.1% of earned income) for 
1995. This increase in amount resulted from higher levels of new financings 
in 1996 and the Company's continuing evaluation of its allowance for losses. 
The allowance for losses at December 31, 1996 was $4,082,000 (2.7% of net 
investment in leases and notes) as compared to $4,482,000 (3.7% of net 
investment in leases and notes) at December 31, 1995. Net charge-offs were 
$1,500,000 in 1996 compared to $1,400,000 in 1995.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 1996 were 
$8,059,000 (46.0% of earned income) as compared to $5,984,000 (46.5% of 
earned income) for 1995. This increase resulted from increased staffing and 
systems and support costs required by higher volumes of financing activity in 
1996 and anticipated near-term growth.
 
    In 1995, the Company incurred a loss on write-off of foreign currency 
translation adjustment of approximately $601,000 in connection with 
substantial liquidation of the Company's investment in its Canadian 
subsidiary. The Company incurred no such loss in 1996.
 
    The Company's income before income taxes for fiscal 1996 was $1,579,000 
compared to $79,000 for 1995. The provision for income taxes was $704,000 
(44.6% of income before tax) in 1996 compared to $204,000 (258.2%) in 1995. 
The 1995 provision was affected by the $601,000 foreign currency translation 
adjustment related to the Company's Canadian operations that was not 
deductible.
 
    The Company's net income for fiscal 1996 was $875,000 or $0.22 per share 
compared to ($125,000) or ($0.03) per share for 1995. The increase in 1996 
over 1995 was due to higher earned income from leases and notes and gains on 
sales offset by increases in the provision for losses, higher selling, 
general and administrative expenses, higher average debt levels and higher 
average rates of interest on debt and a foreign currency translation 
adjustment in 1995.
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $47,500,000 of 
customer applications which had been approved but had not resulted in a 
completed transaction, compared to approximately $39,900,000 of such customer 
applications at December 31, 1995. Not all approved applications will result 
in completed financing transactions with the Company.
 
    FISCAL YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
    Earned income from leases and notes for fiscal 1995 was $12,871,000 
compared to $11,630,000 in 1994. This increase of 10.7% resulted primarily 
from an increase of 31.5% in the net investment in leases and notes from 1994 
to 1995. The Company financed new portfolio assets at a cost of $68,600,000 
million in 1995 compared to $32,600,000 in 1994, a 110.4% increase in the 
value of assets financed.
 
    Interest expense net of interest income on cash balances for 1995 was 
$4,964,000 (38.6% of earned income) compared to $3,156,000 (27.1% of earned 
income) in 1994. The 57.3% increase in amount was due primarily to a 42.7% 
increase in the level of debt required to support the increase in new 
portfolio assets and higher average interest rates in 1995. The Company 
funded its business in 1995 in part with fixed rate and revolving credit 
arrangements. See "Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note B to the 
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this 
annual report on Form 10-K.
 
    Net financing margin for fiscal 1995 was $7,907,000 (61.4% of earned 
income), compared to approximately $8,474,000 (72.9% of earned income) in 
fiscal 1994. The declines in both the amount of net interest margin and its 
percentage of earned income were due to the Company's higher levels of debt 
at higher average interest rates on debt in 1995 as compared to 1994.
 
    The provision for losses was $1,296,000 (10.1% of earned income) in 1995 
as compared to $754,000 (6.5% of earned income) in 1994. The allowance for 
losses at December 31, 1995 was $4,482,000 (3.7% of net investment in leases 
and notes), compared to approximately $4,595,000 (5.0% of net investment in 
leases and notes) at December 31, 1994. Net charge-offs were approximately 
$1,400,000 in 1995 compared to approximately $3,100,000 in 1994. The increase 
in the provision for losses was due to the higher level of financing contract 
originations and the Company's continuing adjustment of the provision for 
losses to reflect the risks and diversification in its portfolio.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses were $5,984,000 (46.5% of 
earned income) in fiscal year 1995 compared to $6,970,000 (59.9% of earned 
income) in fiscal year 1994. The decrease in amount was due to a reduction in 
expenses related to the Company's discontinued Canadian operations in 1995 
and the reversal of certain accruals related to the uncertain impact on the 
Company of the bankruptcy of Healthco in 1993.

<PAGE>
 
    In 1994, the Company discontinued its Canadian operations as part of its 
strategic plan to focus on its business in the United States. Consistent with 
this strategy, and in an effort to begin to liquidate its Canadian 
operations, the Company in 1994 sold a large portion of its Canadian 
portfolio to Newcourt Credit Group, Inc. ("Newcourt") for approximately 
$7,000,000 and used most of the proceeds to repay third party debt. Some of 
the proceeds were repatriated to the Company. As part of the sale agreement, 
the Company entered into a service agreement whereby Newcourt agreed to 
manage certain accounts over the next two-year period ending June 30, 1996. 
Since the Company no longer generated new business in Canada, these managed 
accounts were written down to estimated net realizable value. As a result of 
the transaction with Newcourt the Company's total investment in Canada 
decreased from approximately $3,800,000 to approximately $2,100,000 at 
December 31, 1994. In 1995, the Company continued to liquidate its Canadian 
assets and repatriated another $700,000 to the United States. At December 31, 
1995, after currency adjustments, the Company's investment in Canada was less 
than $800,000. Accordingly, the Company was deemed to have substantially 
liquidated its Canadian investment. Therefore, in accordance with Statement 
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52 ("Foreign Currency Translation"), 
the Company recognized in earnings the cumulative translation losses incurred 
in prior years that had been deferred as a separate component of equity.
 
    The Company had income before income taxes in 1995 of $79,000 compared to 
$750,000 in 1994. The provision for income taxes was $204,000 (258.2% of 
income before tax) in 1995 compared to $300,000 (40%) in 1994. The provision 
for income taxes in 1995 was 258.2% of income before income taxes, due to the 
fact that the $601,000 foreign currency translation adjustment related to the 
Company's Canadian operations was not deductible. In addition, the Company 
had a $128,000 reduction in its tax provision for a 1995 Canadian provincial 
refund of taxes from prior years.
 
    The Company's net loss was $125,000 or $0.03 per share in 1995 compared 
to net income of $450,000 or $0.09 per share in 1994. The decrease in 1995 
was primarily caused by the recognition of a non-cash write-off of a 
cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment of $601,000 related to the 
Company's discontinued Canadian operations.
 
    The earnings per share impact from the Company's repurchase and 
retirement of treasury shares in 1995 was less than $0.01. Earnings per share 
were unfavorably affected in 1995 by $0.16 per share due to the 1995 
write-off of the Company's cumulative translation adjustment from the 
substantial liquidation of its Canadian operations.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's financing activities require substantial amounts of 
capital, and its ability to originate new financing transactions is dependent 
on the availability of cash and credit. The Company currently has access to 
credit under the Revolver, its securitization transactions with Bravo, and a 
loan secured by financing contracts. The Company obtains cash from sales of 
its financing contracts to various savings banks and from lease and note 
payments. Substantially all of the assets of HPSC and ACFC and the stock of 
ACFC have been pledged to HPSC's lenders as security under HPSC's various 
short and long-term credit arrangements. Borrowings under the securitizations 
are secured by financing contracts, including the amounts receivable 
thereunder and the assets securing the financing contracts. The 
securitizations are limited recourse obligations of the Company, structured 
so that the cash flow from the securitized financing contracts services the 
debt. In these limited recourse transactions, the Company retains some risk 
of loss because it shares in any losses incurred, and it may forfeit the 
residual interest, if any, it has in the securitized financing contracts 
should a default occur. The Company's borrowings under the Revolver are full 
recourse obligations of HPSC. Most of the Company's borrowings under the 
Revolver are used to temporarily fund new financing contracts entered into by 
the Company and are repaid with the proceeds obtained from other full or 
limited recourse financings and cash flow from the Company's financing 
transactions.
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had $8,945,000 in cash, cash 
equivalents and restricted cash as compared to $6,471,000 at the end of 1995. 
As described in Note D to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, 
$6,769,000 of such cash was restricted pursuant to financing agreements as of 
December 31, 1996, compared to $5,610,000 at December 31, 1995.
 
    Cash provided by operating activities was $6,680,000 million for the year 
ended December 31, 1996 compared to $4,514,000 in 1995 and cash used in 
operating activities of $2,598,000 in 1994. The significant components of 
cash provided for 1996 as compared to 1995 were an increase in net income in 
1996 to $875,000 from a loss of $125,000 in 1995; an increase in the gain on 
sales of leases and notes to $1,572,000 in 1996 from $53,000 in 1995, which 
was caused by a higher level of sales activity in 1996; and an increase in 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $2,379,000 in 1996 as compared to 
1995, which was caused by a higher level of originations of lease contracts 
and notes receivable in 1996 as compared to 1995.
 
    Cash used in investing activities was $34,406,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 1996 compared to $32,615,000 in 1995 and cash provided by 
investing activities of $15,675,000 in 1994. The primary components of cash 
used in investing activity for 1996 as compared to 1995 were an increase in 
originations of lease contracts and notes receivable to $90,729,000 from 
$63,945,000 in 1995, offset by an increase in proceeds from sales of lease 
contracts and notes receivable to $24,344,000 in 1996 from $1,630,000 in 1995.

<PAGE> 

    Cash provided by financing activities was $29,041,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 1996 compared to cash provided by financing activities of 
$28,543,000 for 1995 and cash used in financing activities of $29,258,000 in 
1994. The significant components of cash provided by financing activity in 
1996 as compared to 1995 were an increase in the proceeds from issuance of 
senior notes in 1996 to $52,973,000 from $28,422,000 in 1995, offset by 
repayments of senior notes in 1996 of $26,019,000 compared to $23,385,000 in 
1995 and a decrease in net proceeds from demand and revolving notes payable 
to banks to $1,000,000 in 1996 from $25,570,000 in 1995.
 
    On December 27, 1993, the Company raised $70,000,000 through an asset 
securitization transaction in which its wholly-owned subsidiary, Funding I, 
issued senior secured notes (the "Funding I Notes") at a rate of 5.01%. The 
Funding I Notes are secured by a portion of the Company's portfolio which it 
sold in part and contributed in part to Funding I. Proceeds of this financing 
were used to retire $50,000,000 of 10.125% senior notes due December 28, 
1993, and $20,000,000 of 10% subordinated notes due January 15, 1994. The 
Funding I Notes had an outstanding balance of $6,861,000 at December 31, 
1996. In July and August of 1996, the level of delinquencies in Funding I 
rose above specified levels and triggered a payment restriction event. This 
restriction had the effect of "trapping" any cash distribution that the 
Company otherwise would have been eligible to receive. The event was 
considered a technical default under the Revolver Agreement, which default 
was waived by the lending banks in September 1996. In September 1996, 
delinquency levels improved and the payment restrictions were removed. A 
payment restriction event is not unusual during the later stages of a static 
pool securitization and may occur again before Funding I is fully paid out. 
The Revolver Agreement was amended and restated on December 12, 1996, 
amending the default provisions with respect to Funding I payment restriction 
events to conform to the default provisions of the Funding I agreements. As a 
result, a payment restriction event under Funding I will not constitute a 
default under the Revolver Agreement unless such event continues for at least 
six months. There can be no assurance that any future defaults will be waived 
by the lending banks. Under the terms of the Funding I securitization, when 
the principal balance of the Funding I Notes equals the balance of the 
restricted cash in the facility, Funding I must automatically pay the Funding 
I Notes and terminate. This event may occur during fiscal 1997, prior to the 
scheduled termination of Funding I. In the event of an early termination, the 
Company would incur a non-cash, non-operating charge against earnings 
representing the early recognition of certain unamortized deferred 
transaction origination costs. At December 31, 1996, these unamortized costs 
were approximately $400,000 and were amortizing at approximately $17,000 per 
month.
 
    The Revolver Agreement, as amended and restated, increased the Company's 
availability under the Revolver to $95,000,000. Under the Revolver Agreement, 
the Company may borrow at variable rates of prime and at LIBOR plus 1.25% to 
1.75%, dependent on certain performance covenants. At December 31, 1996, the 
Company had $40,000,000 outstanding under this facility and $55,000,000 
available for borrowing, subject to borrowing base limitations. The Revolver 
Agreement currently is not hedged and is, therefore, exposed to upward 
movements in interest rates.
 
    As of January 31, 1995, the Company, along with its newly-formed, 
wholly-owned, special-purpose subsidiary Bravo, established a $50,000,000 
revolving credit facility structured and guaranteed by Capital Markets 
Assurance Corporation ("CapMAC"). Under the terms of the facility, Bravo, to 
which the Company has sold and may continue to sell or contribute certain of 
its portfolio assets, pledges its interests in these assets to a 
commercial-paper conduit entity. Bravo incurs interest at variable rates in 
the commercial paper market and enters into interest rate swap agreements to 
assure fixed rate funding. Monthly settlements of principal and interest 
payments are made from the collection of payments on Bravo's portfolio. HPSC 
may make additional sales to Bravo subject to certain covenants regarding 
Bravo's portfolio performance and borrowing base calculations. The Company is 
the servicer of the Bravo portfolio, subject to meeting certain covenants. 
The required monthly payments of principal and interest to purchasers of the 
commercial paper are guaranteed by CapMAC pursuant to the terms of the 
agreement. The Company had $67,524,000 outstanding under the Bravo facility 
at December 31, 1996, and, in connection with this facility, had 14 separate 
interest rate swap agreements with The First National Bank of Boston with a 
total notional value of $65,231,000. Effective November 5, 1996, the Bravo 
facility was increased to $100,000,000 and amended to provide that up to 
$30,000,000 of such facility may be used as sales of receivables from Bravo 
for accounting purposes. The Company had $6,991,000 outstanding from sales of 
receivables under this portion of the facility at December 31, 1996.
 
    In April 1995, the Company entered into a fixed rate, fixed term loan 
agreement with Springfield Institution for Savings ("SIS") under which the 
Company borrowed $3,500,000 at 9.5% subject to certain recourse and 
performance covenants. The Company had $2,352,000 outstanding under this 
agreement at December 31, 1996. Also in fiscal 1995, the Company entered into 
a sale agreement with SIS under which it sold approximately $1,700,000 of 
financing contracts (which included a cash payment of $1,500,000 and 
scheduled future payments of $200,000), subject to certain recourse covenants 
and servicing of these contracts by the Company, and recognized a net gain of 
approximately $53,000 in connection with the sale. Through December 31, 1996, 
the Company had entered into several similar sale agreements with savings 
banks and the Bravo securitization facility under which it received a total 
of $24,344,000 during 1996 and recognized a net gain of $1,572,000.
 
    Amortization of debt discount of $0, $0 and $38,000 in 1996, 1995 and 
1994, respectively, is included in interest expense.
 
<PAGE>

    The Company's existing senior secured debt, issued in connection with 
certain securitization transactions as shown on the balance sheet contained 
in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere, 
reflect its approximate fair market value. The fair market value is estimated 
based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the 
current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same maturity.
 
    In March 1997, the Company issued $20,000,000 principal amount 11% 
unsecured senior subordinated notes due 2007, yielding approximately 
$18,500,000 in net proceeds to the Company (the "Note Offering"). The Company 
used the net proceeds to repay, in part, amounts outstanding under the 
Revolver.
 
    Management believes that the Company's liquidity, resulting from the 
availability of credit under the Revolver, the Bravo facility and the loan 
from SIS, along with cash obtained from the sales of its financing contracts 
and from internally generated revenues and the net proceeds of the Note 
Offering, is adequate to meet current obligations and future projected levels 
of financings and to carry on normal operations. In order to finance 
adequately its anticipated growth, the Company will continue to seek to raise 
additional capital from bank and non-bank sources, make selective use of 
asset sale transactions in 1997 and use its current credit facilities. The 
Company expects that it will be able to obtain additional capital at 
competitive rates, but there can be no assurance it will be able to do so.
 
    Inflation in the form of rising interest rates could have an adverse 
impact on the interest rate margins of the Company and its ability to 
maintain adequate earning spreads on its portfolio assets.
 
    CERTAIN ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, 
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Current tax liabilities or assets are 
recognized, through charges or credits to the current tax provision, for the 
estimated taxes payable or refundable for the current year. Net deferred tax 
liabilities or assets are recognized, through charges or credits to the 
deferred tax provision, for the estimated future tax effects, based on 
enacted tax rates, attributable to temporary differences. Deferred tax 
liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will result in 
amounts taxable in the future, and deferred tax assets are recognized for 
temporary differences and tax benefit carryforwards that will result in 
amounts deductible or creditable in the future.
 
    Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted prospectively Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for 
Impairment of a Loan," as amended by SFAS No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors 
for Impairment of a Loan--Income Recognition and Disclosure." These 
standards apply to the Company's practice acquisition loans and asset-based 
lending. The standards require that a loan be classified and accounted for as 
an impaired loan when it is probable that the Company will be unable to 
collect all principal and interest due on the loan in accordance with the 
loan's original contractual terms. Impaired loans are valued based on the 
present value of expected future cash flows, using the interest rate in 
effect at the time the loan was placed on nonaccrual status. A loan's 
observable market value or collateral value may be used as an alternative 
valuation technique. Impairment exists when the recorded investment in a loan 
exceeds the value of the loan measured using the above-mentioned valuation 
techniques. Such impairment is recognized as a valuation reserve, which is 
included as a part of the Company's allowance for losses. The adoption of 
these new standards did not have a material impact on the Company's allowance 
for losses.
 
    In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued 
SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This standard was 
effective January 1, 1996. The standard encourages, but does not require, 
adoption of a fair value-based accounting method for stock-based compensation 
arrangements and would supersede the provisions of Accounting Principles 
Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25), "Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees." An entity may continue to apply APB No. 25 provided the entity 
discloses its pro forma net income and earnings per share as if the fair 
value-based method had been applied in measuring compensation cost. The 
Company continues to apply APB No. 25 and to disclose the pro forma 
information required by SFAS No. 123.
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for 
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of 
Liabilities" (SFAS 125), effective for the Company on January 1, 1997, 
provides new methods of accounting and reporting for transfers and servicing 
of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. SFAS No. 127 has 
delayed the effective date of certain sections of SFAS 125 until January 1, 
1998. The Company's adoption of the appropriate sections of SFAS 125 is not 
expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or 
results of operations.
 
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This annual report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within 
the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act. Discussions containing such 
forward-looking statements may be found in the material set forth under 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 
<PAGE>

Operations" and "Business," as well as within the annual report generally. 
When used in this annual report, the words "believes," "anticipates," 
"expects," "plans," "intends," "estimates," "continue," "could," "may" or 
"will" (or the negative of such words) and similar expressions are intended 
to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to a 
number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results in the future could differ 
materially from those described in the forward-looking statements as a result 
of the risk considerations set forth below and the matters set forth in this 
annual report generally. HPSC cautions the reader, however, that such list of 
considerations may not be exhaustive. HPSC undertakes no obligation to 
release publicly the result of any revisions to these forward-looking 
statements that may be made to reflect any future events or circumstances.
 
                             CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS
 
    Dependence on Funding Sources; Restrictive Covenants. The Company's 
financing activities are capital intensive. The Company's revenues and 
profitability are related directly to the volume of financing contracts it 
originates. To generate new financing contracts, the Company requires access 
to substantial short- and long-term credit. To date, the Company's principal 
sources of funding for its financing transactions have been (i) a revolving 
credit facility with The First National Bank of Boston, as Agent, for 
borrowing up to $95.0 million (the "Revolver"), (ii) borrowings under a 
receivables-backed limited recourse asset securitization transaction with 
Funding I in an original amount of $70.0 million, (iii) a $100.0 million 
limited recourse revolving credit facility with Bravo, (iv) a fixed-rate, 
full recourse term loan from a savings bank, (v) specific recourse sales of 
financing contracts to savings banks and other purchasers ((iv) and (v) 
constitute "Savings Bank Indebtedness") and (vi) the Company's internally 
generated revenues. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able 
to negotiate a new revolving credit facility at the end of the current term 
of the Revolver in December 1997, complete additional asset securitizations 
or obtain other additional financing, when needed and on acceptable terms. 
The Company would be adversely affected if it were unable to continue to 
secure sufficient and timely funding on acceptable terms. The agreement 
governing the Revolver (the "Revolver Agreement") contains numerous financial 
and operating covenants. There can be no assurance that the Company will be 
able to maintain compliance with these covenants, and failure to meet such 
covenants would result in a default under the Revolver Agreement. Moreover, 
the Company's financing arrangements with Bravo and the savings banks 
described above incorporate the covenants and default provisions of the 
Revolver Agreement. Thus, any default under the Revolver Agreement will also 
trigger defaults under these other financing arrangements. In addition, the 
Indenture contains certain covenants that could restrict the Company's access 
to funding.
 
    Securitization Recourse; Payment Restriction and Default Risk. As part of 
its overall funding strategy, the Company utilizes asset securitization 
transactions with wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote subsidiaries to seek fixed 
rate, matched-term financing. The Company sells financing contracts to these 
subsidiaries which, in turn, either pledge or sell the contracts to third 
parties. The third parties' recourse with regard to the pledge or sale is 
limited to the contracts sold to the subsidiary. If the contract portfolio of 
these subsidiaries does not perform within certain guidelines, the 
subsidiaries must retain or "trap" any monthly cash distribution to which the 
Company might otherwise be entitled. This restriction on cash distributions 
could continue until the portfolio performance returns to acceptable levels 
(as defined in the relevant agreements), which restriction could have a 
negative impact on the cash flow available to the Company. There can be no 
assurance that the portfolio performance would return to acceptable levels or 
that the payment restrictions would be removed. In July and August of 1996, 
the level of delinquencies of the contracts held in Funding I rose above 
specified levels and triggered such a payment restriction event, "trapping" 
any cash distributions to the Company. The event was considered a default 
under the Revolver Agreement, which default was waived by the lending banks. 
In September 1996, delinquency levels improved and the payment restrictions 
were removed. A payment restriction event may occur again before Funding I is 
fully paid out. The default provisions of the Revolver Agreement were amended 
in December 1996 to conform to the default provisions of the Funding I 
agreements. As a result, a payment restriction event under Funding I will not 
constitute a default under the Revolver Agreement unless such event continues 
for at least six months. There can be no assurance that any future defaults 
will be waived by the lending banks.
 
    Customer Credit Risks.  The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful 
accounts in connection with payments due under financing contracts originated 
by the Company (whether or not such contracts have been securitized, held as 
collateral for loans to the Company or, when sold, a separate recourse 
reserve is maintained) at a level which the Company deems sufficient to meet 
future estimated uncollectible receivables, based on an analysis of the 
delinquencies, problem accounts, and overall risks and probable losses 
associated with such contracts, together with a review of the Company's 
historical credit loss experience. There can be no assurance that this 
allowance or recourse reserve will prove to be adequate. Failure of the 
Company's customers to make scheduled payments under their financing 
contracts could require the Company to (i) make payments in connection with 
its recourse loan and asset sale transactions, (ii) lose its residual 
interest in any underlying equipment and (iii) forfeit collateral pledged as 
security for the Company's limited recourse asset securitizations. In 
addition, although the provision for losses on the contracts originated by 
the Company have been 1.1% of the Company's net investment in leases and 
notes for 1996, any increase in such losses or in the rate of payment 
defaults under the financing contracts originated by the Company could 
adversely affect the Company's ability to obtain additional financing, 
including its ability to complete additional asset securitizations and 
secured asset sales or loans. There can be no assurance that the Company will 
be able to maintain or reduce its current level of credit losses.

<PAGE>
 
    Competition.  The Company's financing activities are highly competitive. 
The Company competes for customers with a number of national, regional and 
local finance companies, including those which, like the Company, specialize 
in financing for healthcare providers. In addition, the Company's competitors 
include those equipment manufacturers which finance the sale or lease of 
their products themselves, conventional leasing companies and other types of 
financial services companies such as commercial banks and savings and loan 
associations. Many of the Company's competitors and potential competitors 
possess substantially greater financial, marketing and operational resources 
than the Company. Moreover, the Company's future profitability will be 
directly related to its ability to obtain capital funding at favorable 
funding rates as compared to the capital costs of its competitors. The 
Company's competitors and potential competitors include many larger, more 
established companies that have a lower cost of funds than the Company and 
access to capital markets and to other funding sources that may be 
unavailable to the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will 
be able to continue to compete successfully in its targeted markets.
 
    Equipment Market Risk.  The demand for the Company's equipment financing 
services depends upon various factors not within its control. These factors 
include general economic conditions, including the effects of recession or 
inflation, and fluctuations in supply and demand related to, among other 
things, (i) technological advances in and economic obsolescence of the 
equipment and (ii) government regulation of equipment and payment for 
healthcare services. The acquisition, use, maintenance and ownership of most 
types of medical and dental equipment, including the types of equipment 
financed by the Company, are affected by rapid technological changes in the 
healthcare field and evolving federal, state and local regulation of 
healthcare equipment, including regulation of the ownership and resale of 
such equipment. Changes in the reimbursement policies of the Medicare and 
Medicaid programs and other third-party payors, such as insurance companies, 
as well as changes in the reimbursement policies of managed care 
organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, may also affect 
demand for medical and dental equipment and, accordingly, may have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial 
condition.
 
    Changes in Healthcare Payment Policies.  The increasing cost of medical 
care has brought about federal and state regulatory changes designed to limit 
governmental reimbursement of certain healthcare providers. These changes 
include the enactment of fixed-price reimbursement systems in which the rates 
of payment to hospitals, outpatient clinics and private individual and group 
practices for specific categories of care are determined in advance of 
treatment. Rising healthcare costs may also cause non-governmental medical 
insurers, such as Blue Cross and Blue Shield associations and the growing 
number of self-insured employers, to revise their reimbursement systems and 
policies governing the purchasing and leasing of medical and dental 
equipment. Alternative healthcare delivery systems, such as health 
maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations and managed care 
programs, have adopted similar cost containment measures. Other proposals to 
reform the United States healthcare system are considered from time to time. 
These proposals could lead to increased government involvement in healthcare 
and otherwise change the operating environment for the Company's customers. 
Healthcare providers may react to these proposals and the uncertainty 
surrounding such proposals by curtailing or deferring investment in medical 
and dental equipment. Future changes in the healthcare industry, including 
governmental regulation thereof, and the effect of such changes on the 
Company's business cannot be predicted. Changes in payment or reimbursement 
programs could adversely affect the ability of the Company's customers to 
satisfy their payment obligations to the Company and, accordingly, may have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and 
financial condition.
 
    Interest Rate Risk.  Except for $18.7 million of the Company's financing 
contracts, which are at variable interest rates with no scheduled payments, 
the Company's financing contracts require the Company's customers to make 
payments at fixed interest rates for specified terms. However, approximately 
$40.0 million of the Company's borrowings currently are subject to a variable 
interest rate. Consequently, an increase in interest rates, before the 
Company is able to secure fixed-rate, long-term financing for such contracts 
or to generate higher-rate financing contracts to compensate for the 
increased borrowing cost, could adversely affect the Company's business, 
operating results and financial condition. The Company's ability to secure 
additional long-term financing and to generate higher-rate financing 
contracts is limited by many factors, including competition, market and 
general economic conditions and the Company's financial condition.
 
    Residual Value Risk.  At the inception of its equipment leasing 
transactions, the Company estimates what it believes will be the fair market 
value of the financed equipment at the end of the initial lease term and 
records that value (typically 10% of the initial purchase price) on its 
balance sheet. The Company's results of operations depend, to some degree, 
upon its ability to realize these residual values (as of December 31, 1996, 
the estimated residual value of equipment at the end of the lease term was 
approximately $9.3 million, representing approximately 5.7% of the Company's 
total assets). Realization of residual values depends on many factors, 
several of which are not within the Company's control, including, but not 
limited to, general market conditions at the time of the lease expiration; 
any unusual wear and tear on the equipment; the cost of comparable new 
equipment; the extent, if any, to which the equipment has become 
technologically or economically obsolete during the contract term; and the 
effects of any new government regulations. If, upon the expiration of a lease 
contract, the Company sells or refinances the underlying equipment and the 
amount realized is less than the original recorded residual value for such 
equipment, a loss reflecting the difference will be recorded on the Company's 
books. Failure to realize aggregate recorded residual values could thus have 
an adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial 
condition.
 
    Sales of Receivables.  As part of the Company's portfolio management 
strategy and as a source of funding of its operations, the Company has sold 
selected pools of its lease contracts and notes receivable due in 

<PAGE>

installments to a variety of savings banks. Each of these transactions is 
subject to certain covenants that require the Company to (i) repurchase 
financing contracts from the bank and/or make payments under certain 
circumstances, including the delinquency of the underlying debtor, and (ii) 
service the underlying financing contracts. The Company carries a recourse 
reserve for each transaction in its allowance for losses and recognizes a 
gain that is included for accounting purposes in earned income for leases and 
notes for the year in which the transaction is completed. Each of these 
transactions incorporates the covenants under the Revolver as such covenants 
were in effect at the time the asset sale or loan agreement was entered into. 
Any default under the Revolver may trigger a default under the loan or asset 
sale agreements. The Company may enter into additional asset sale agreements 
in the future in order to manage its liquidity. The level of recourse 
reserves established by the Company in relation to these sales may not prove 
to be adequate. Failure of the Company to honor its repurchase and/or payment 
commitments under these agreements could create an event of default under the 
loan or asset sale agreements and under the Revolver. There can be no 
assurance that a continuing market can be found to sell these types of assets 
or that the purchase prices in the future would generate comparable gain 
recognition.
 
    Dependence on Sales Representatives.  The Company is, and its growth and 
future revenues are, dependent in large part upon (i) the ability of the 
Company's sales representatives to establish new relationships, and maintain 
existing relationships, with equipment vendors, distributors and 
manufacturers and with healthcare providers and other customers and (ii) the 
extent to which such relationships lead equipment vendors, distributors and 
manufacturers to promote the Company's financing services to potential 
purchasers of their equipment. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 14 
field sales representatives and eight in-house sales personnel. Although the 
Company is not materially dependent upon any one sales representative, the 
loss of a group of sales representatives could, until appropriate 
replacements were obtained, have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business, operating results and financial condition.
 
    Dependence on Current Management.  The operations and future success of 
the Company are dependent upon the continued efforts of the Company's 
executive officers, two of whom are also directors of the Company. The loss 
of the services of any of these key executives could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.
 
    Fluctuations in Quarterly Operating Results.  Historically, the Company 
has generally experienced fluctuating quarterly revenues and earnings caused 
by varying portfolio performance and operating and interest costs. Given the 
possibility of such fluctuations, the Company believes that quarterly 
comparisons of the results of its operations during any fiscal year are not 
necessarily meaningful and that results for any one fiscal quarter should not 
be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


<PAGE>



                             HPSC, Inc. and Subsidiaries 
                             CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                   (in thousands,
                                except share amounts)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      1996           1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>             <C>
                           ASSETS
Cash and Cash Equivalents........................................   $    2,176    $      861  
Restricted Cash..................................................        6,769         5,610
Investment in Leases and Notes:
   Lease contracts and notes receivable due in installments......      160,049       128,687
   Notes receivable..............................................       18,688        12,002
   Estimated residual value of equipment at end of lease term....        9,259         9,206 
   Less unearned income..........................................      (34,482)      (25,875)
   Less allowance for losses.....................................       (4,082)       (4,482)
   Less security deposits........................................       (4,522)       (3,427)
   Deferred origination costs....................................        4,312         3,805
                                                                   ------------  ------------
      Net investment in leases and notes.........................      149,222       119,916
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Other Assets:
   Other assets..................................................        3,847         3,096
   Refundable income taxes.......................................        1,203         1,088
                                                                   ------------  ------------
      Total Assets...............................................   $  163,217     $ 130,571
                                                                   ------------  ------------
            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Revolving Credit Borrowings......................................   $   40,000        39,000
Senior Notes.....................................................       76,737        49,523
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities.........................        5,916         3,537
Accrued Interest.................................................          450           339
Estimated Recourse Liabilities...................................          480            30
Income Taxes:
   Currently payable.............................................          300           368
   Deferred......................................................        5,002         4,613
                                                                   ------------  ------------
      Total Liabilities..........................................   $  128,885     $  97,410
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Stockholders' Equity:
    Preferred Stock, $1.00 par value; authorized 5,000,000 shares.        -              -
Issued None......................................................
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized; and
    issued 4,786,530 shares in 1996 and 1995.....................           48            48
    Treasury Stock (at cost) 128,600 shares in 1996 and 100,000 
    shares in 1995...............................................         (587)         (410)
Additional paid-in capital.......................................       12,305        11,311
Retained earnings................................................       25,351        24,476
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                        37,117        35,425
Less: Deferred compensation......................................       (2,590)       (2,066)
      Notes receivable from officers and employees...............         (195)         (198)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
      Total Stockholders' Equity.................................       34,332        33,161
                                                                   ------------  ------------
      Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity.................   $  163,217    $  130,571
                                                                   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.
 
 

<PAGE>

                            HPSC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
                        (in thousands, except per share and
                                  share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -------------------------
                                                                      1996         1995         1994
                                                                      ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>         
Revenues
    Earned income on leases and notes............................  $   17,515   $  12,871    $  11,630
    Gain on sales of leases and notes............................       1,572          53          - 
    Provision for losses.........................................      (1,564)     (1,296)        (754)
                                                                      -----------------------------------         
       Net Revenues...............................................     17,523      11,628       10,876
Operating and Other (Income) Expenses
    Selling, general and administrative..........................       8,059       5,984        6,970
    Interest expense.............................................       8,146       5,339        3,514
    Interest income on cash balances.............................        (261)       (375)        (358)
    Loss on write-off of foreign currency translation adjustment.          -          601           -
                                                                       -----------------------------------
Income before Income Taxes.......................................       1,579          79          750
Provision for Income Taxes.......................................         704         204          300
                                                                       -----------------------------------
Net Income (Loss)................................................        $875     $  (125)        $450
                                                                       -----------------------------------
Net Income (Loss) per Share......................................        $.22     $  (.03)        $.09    
                                                                         -----------------------------------
Shares Used to Compute Net Income (Loss) per share...............   4,067,236   3,881,361    4,989,391


</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.
 
                                       

<PAGE>
                           HPSC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       (in thousands except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              CUMULATIVE
                                                                                                NOTES          FOREIGN
                   COMMON STOCK          ADDITIONAL                                             RECEIVABLE     CURRENCY 
                   ------------          PAID-IN       RETAINED       TREASURY  DEFERRED       FROM OFFICERS  TRANSLATION
                SHARES       AMOUNT      CAPITAL       EARNINGS        STOCK    COMPENSATION   AND EMPLOYEES  ADJUSTMENT      TOTAL 
              -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------------  ---------  -------------  -----------    ------------  -------
<S>             <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>

Balance         4,923,571     $49       $13,645        $24,151          $  -      $  -            $ -           $(224)      $37,621
  at
  December
  25, 1993..      
Issuance              824      -              3            -               -         -              -             -               3
  of
  Common
  Stock.. 
Net Income            -        -                           450             -         -              -              -            450
Purchase              -        -                           -            (5,023)      -              -              -         (5,023)
  of
 Treasury
  Stock..
Issuance         650,000       7         2,268             -               -       (2,275)          -              -              -
  of
  Common
  Stock to
  ESOP &
  SESOP..      
ESOP                  -        -            -              -               -           99           -                -           99
  Compensation
Foreign               -        -            -              -               -           -            -               (328)      (328)
  currency
  translation
  adjustments..
                 --------  ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------      ---------    -----------       ---------    -------
Balance        5,574,395      56        15,916        24,601      (5,023)         (2,176)           -               (552)   32,822
  at
  December
   31, 1994  
Issuance               317      -            -          -            -             -           -                     -           -
  of
  Common
  Stock..          
Net
  Loss...               -       -             -          (125)       -             -           -                     -         (125)

Retirement of   (1,125,182)    (12)        (4,601)         -      4,613            -           -                     -           -
   Treasury
  Stock
  
Restricted         337,000       4             (4)          -        -             -           -                     -           -
  Stock
  Awards..      

ESOP                   -         -              -           -         -            110         -                     -          110
  Compensation 
Foreign                -         -              -           -          -            -          -                  (49)         (49)
 currency
  translation
  adjustments

Recognized in          -         -              -           -          -            -          -                  601            601
  current
  period upon
  liquidation
  of foreign
  subsidiary
       
Increase in            -         -              -           -          -            -           (198)               -         (198)
  Notes
  Receivable
  from
  Officers and
  Employees         --------  --------      ---------    ---------    -------     --------   --------            ---------  -------
Balance at         4,786,530      48         11,311        24,476       (410)      (2,066)      (198)               -       33,861
  December
  31, 1995
Net Income              -         -             -             875         -          -             -                -          875
Restricted              -         -             994            -          -         (994)          -                -           -
  Stock  
  Awards
Purchase of             -         -             -              -         (177)       -             -                -         (177)

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>              <C>        <C> 
  Treasury
  Stock
Restricted                        -             -                                    365           -                 -         365
  Stock
  Compensation
ESOP                    -         -             -              -           -         105           -                 -         105
  Compensation
Decrease in             -         -             -              -           -          -            3                 -           3
  Notes
  Receivable
  from
  Officers and
  Employee         ---------   ---------     --------      ----------    --------   ---------    ---------        ----------  -----

Balance at          4,786,530       $48       $12,305       $25,351       $(587)    $(2,590)     $(195)             $ -     $34,332
  December 
  31, 1996         ---------   ---------     --------      ----------    --------   ---------    ---------        --------  -------

</TABLE>
     The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial 
statements.
<PAGE>

                                    HPSC, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                               CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
                                          (in thousands)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                                                1996          1995          1994
                                                                              ---------  ---------------  ---------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>              <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 Net income (loss)............................................................   $    875    $      (125)   $   450
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 
  (used in) operating activities:
  Foreign currency translation adjustments....................................         --            601         --
  Depreciation and amortization...............................................      2,862          2,340      1,872
                                                                                                    
  Deferred income taxes.......................................................        389           (926)    (1,093)
  Restricted stock compensation...............................................        365             --         --
  Gain on sale of receivables.................................................     (1,572)           (53)        --
  Provision for losses on lease contracts and notes receivable................      1,564          1,296        754
  Increase (decrease) in accrued interest.....................................        111             46     (3,141)
  Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.............      2,379          1,087     (2,898)
  (Decrease) increase in accrued income taxes.................................        (68)           348       (290)
  Decrease (increase) in refundable income taxes..............................       (115)           358        827
  (Increase) decrease in other assets.........................................       (110)          (458)       921
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
 Cash provided by (used in) operating activities..............................      6,680          4,514     (2,598)
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 Origination of lease contracts and notes receivable due in installments......     (90,729)       (63,945)   (29,710)
 Portfolio receipts, net of amounts included in income........................      38,445         37,654     43,727
 Proceeds from sales of lease contracts and notes receivable due in
  installments................................................................     24,344          1,500      6,958
 Net increase in notes receivable.............................................     (6,730)        (7,570)    (4,370)
 Net increase (decrease) in security deposits.................................      1,095            788       (221)
 Net increase in other assets.................................................       (834)          (844)      (700)
 Loans to employees...........................................................          3           (198)        (9)
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
 Cash (used in) provided by investing activities..............................    (34,406)       (32,615)    15,675
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 Repayment of senior notes and subordinated debt..............................    (26,019)       (23,385)   (98,976)
 Proceeds from issuance of senior notes, net of debt issue costs..............     52,973         28,422     69,033
 Repayment of notes payable-treasury stock purchase...........................         --         (4,500)        --
 Net proceeds from demand and revolving notes payable to banks................      1,000         25,570      9,370
 Purchase of treasury stock...................................................      (177)             --        (523)
 Increase (decrease) in restricted cash.......................................     1,159           2,326      (7,936)
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock.......................................        --              --           3
 Repayment of employee stock ownership plan promissory note...................       105             110          99
 Other........................................................................        --              --        (328)
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
 Cash provided by (used in) financing activities..............................    29,041          28,543     (29,258)
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..........................      1,315            442     (16,181)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year................................        861            419      16,600
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year......................................   $  2,176    $       861    $    419
                                                                                 ---------   ------------  ---------

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 Interest paid................................................................   $  7,719    $     4,510    $  6,630
 Income taxes paid............................................................        765          1,423       2,018
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.
 

<PAGE>


HPSC, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 


    NOTE A. BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Business--HPSC, Inc. ("HPSC") and its consolidated subsidiaries (the 
"Company") provide credit primarily to healthcare professionals throughout 
the United States.
 
    The Company leases dental, ophthalmic, chiropractic, veterinary, podiatry
and other medical equipment utilized in the healthcare professions. The Company
does not carry any inventory. The Company acquires the financed equipment from
vendors at their customary selling price to other customers. All leases are
classified as direct financing leases.
 
    The Company also finances the acquisition of healthcare practices by
healthcare professionals and provides financing on leasehold improvements,
office furniture and equipment and certain other costs involved in opening or
maintaining a healthcare provider's office. In connection with sales of leases
and notes receivable, the Company may retain the rights to service the assets
sold and receive a service fee in connection with such activities. In addition,
through its wholly-owned subsidiary, ACFC, the Company provides asset-based
financing to commercial enterprises.
 
    Consolidation--The accompanying consolidated financial statements include 
HPSC, Inc. and the following wholly-owned subsidiaries: HPSC Funding Corp. I 
("Funding I"), a special purpose corporation formed in connection with a 
securitization transaction in 1993; Credident, Inc. ("Credident") the 
Company's Canadian subsidiary; American Commercial Finance Corporation 
("ACFC"), an asset-based lender focused primarily on accounts receivable and 
inventory financing at variable rates; and HPSC Bravo Funding Corp. 
("Bravo"), a special purpose corporation formed in connection with 
securitizations in 1995 and 1996. All intercompany transactions have been 
eliminated.
 
    Use of Estimates--The preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date 
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. A significant area requiring the use of 
management estimates is the allowance for losses on lease and notes 
receivable, including the recourse provisions related to lease and note 
receivables sold. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    Revenue Recognition--The Company finances equipment only after a 
customer's credit has been approved and a financing agreement for the 
transaction has been executed. The Company performs ongoing credit 
evaluations of its customers and maintains allowances for potential credit 
losses. When a transaction is initially activated, the Company records the 
minimum payments and the estimated residual value, if any, associated with 
the transaction. An amount equal to the sum of the payments due plus residual 
less the cost of the transaction is recorded as unearned income. The unearned 
income is recognized as revenue over the life of the transaction using the 
interest method in essentially all cases. Recognition of revenue on these 
assets is suspended no later than when a transaction becomes 145 days 
delinquent. Also included in earned income are fee income from service 
charges on portfolio accounts, gains and losses on residual transactions plus 
miscellaneous income items net of initial direct cost amortization.
 
    Sales of Leases and Notes Receivable--The Company sells leases and notes 
receivable to third parties. Gains on sales of leases and notes are 
recognized at the time of the sale in an amount equal to the present value of 
the anticipated future cash flows, net of initial direct costs, expenses and 
estimated credit losses under certain recourse provisions of the related sale 
agreements. Generally, the Company retains the servicing of lease receivables 
sold. Servicing fees specified in the sale agreements, which approximate 
market-rate servicing fees, are deferred and recognized as revenue in 
proportion to the estimated periodic servicing costs.
 
    Deferred Origination Costs--The Company capitalizes initial direct costs 
that relate to the origination of leases and notes receivable. These initial 
direct costs are comprised of certain specific activities related to 
processing requests for financing. Deferred origination costs are amortized 
over the life of the receivable as an adjustment of yield.
 
    Allowance for Losses--The Company records an allowance for losses in its 
portfolio. The extent of the allowance is based on a specific analysis of 
potential loss accounts, delinquencies and historical loss experiences. An 
account is specifically reserved for or written off when deemed uncollectible.
 
    The Company occasionally repossesses equipment from lessees who have
defaulted on their obligations to the Company. There was no such equipment held
for sale at December 31, 1996 or December 31, 1995.
 
    Effective January 1, 1995, the Company adopted prospectively, SFAS No. 114,
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," as amended by SFAS No. 118,
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan-Income Recognition and
Disclosure." These standards, which do not apply to the Company's lease
contracts, apply to the Company's practice acquisition and asset-based loans,
the two major risk classifications 


<PAGE>

used to aggregate loans for purposes of SFAS No. 114. The standards require that
a loan be classified and accounted for as an impaired loan when it is probable
that the Company will be unable to collect all principal and interest due on the
loan in accordance with the loan's original contractual terms.
 
    Impaired practice acquisition and asset-based loans are valued based on the
present value of expected future cash flows, using the interest rate in effect
at the time the loan was placed on nonaccrual status. A loan's observable market
value or collateral value may be used as an alternative valuation technique.
Impairment exists when the recorded investment in a loan exceeds the value of
the loan measured using the above-mentioned valuation techniques. Such
impairment is recognized as a valuation reserve, which is included as a part of
the Company's allowance for losses. The Company had no impaired loans at
December 31, 1996 or 1995.
 
    Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation--In October 1995, the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for 
Stock-Based Compensation." This standard was effective January 1, 1996. The 
standard encourages, but does not require, adoption of a fair value-based 
accounting method for stock-based compensation arrangements and would 
supersede the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 
No. 25), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." An entity may continue 
to apply APB No. 25 provided the entity discloses its pro forma net income 
and earnings per share as if the fair value-based method had been applied in 
measuring compensation cost. The Company continues to apply APB No. 25 and 
has disclosed the pro forma information required by SFAS No. 123.
 
    Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and 
Extinguishments of Liabilities--Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and 
Extinguishments of Liabilities" (SFAS No. 125), effective for the Company in 
January 1997, provides new methods of accounting and reporting for transfers 
and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities. SFAS 
No. 127 has delayed the effective date of certain sections of SFAS No. 125 
until January 1, 1998. The Company's adoption of the appropriate sections of 
SFAS No. 125 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's 
financial position or results of operations.
 
    Income Taxes--The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with 
SFAS No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Current tax liabilities or 
assets are recognized, through charges or credits to the current tax 
provision, for the estimated taxes payable or refundable for the current 
year. Net deferred tax liabilities or assets are recognized, through charges 
or credits to the deferred tax provision, for the estimated future tax 
effects, based on enacted tax rates, attributable to temporary differences. 
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for temporary differences that will 
result in amounts taxable in the future, and deferred tax assets are 
recognized for temporary differences and tax benefit carryforwards that will 
result in amounts deductible or creditable in the future. The effect of 
enacted changes in tax law, including changes in tax rates, on these deferred 
tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that 
includes the enactment date. A deferred tax valuation reserve is established 
if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the Company's deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. Changes in the deferred tax valuation 
reserve are recognized through charges or credits to the deferred tax 
provision.
 
    Foreign Currency Translation--The Company accounts for translation of 
foreign currency in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 52, "Foreign Currency Translation" (SFAS No. 52). Over a number 
of years, the accounts of the Company's Canadian subsidiary, Credident, when 
translated into U.S. dollars, lost value as a result of the decline in the 
Canadian dollar in relation to the U.S. dollar. In accordance with SFAS No. 
52, the cumulative amount of such translation losses had been presented as a 
reduction of stockholders' equity. The Company discontinued its Canadian 
operations in 1994, and during 1995, the Company substantially liquidated its 
investment in Credident. In accordance with SFAS No. 52, upon substantial 
liquidation in 1995, the cumulative exchange losses were reflected in the 
statement of operations and eliminated as a separate component of 
stockholders' equity. During 1996, such translation adjustments, which were 
not significant, were reflected in current operations.
 
    Net Income (Loss) per Share--Earnings per share computations are based
on the weighted average number of common and common share equivalents
outstanding. The weighted average number of common and common share equivalents
outstanding do not include unallocated shares under the Company's ESOP and SESOP
plans, unvested restricted stock awards and treasury stock. Fully diluted and
primary income per share are the same for each of the periods presented.
 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents--The Company considers all highly liquid 
investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash 
equivalents.
 
    Interest Rate Contracts--The Company utilizes interest rate contracts to 
reduce the interest rate risk associated with the Company's variable rate 
borrowings. The Company has established a control environment which includes 
policies and procedures for risk assessment and the approval, reporting and 
monitoring of derivative financial instrument activities. The Company does 
not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. The 
differentials to be received or paid under contracts designated as hedges are 
recognized in income as they accrue over the life of the contracts as 
adjustments to interest expense.
 
    Property and Equipment--Office furniture, equipment and capital leases 
are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over a 
period of three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the 
shorter of the life of the lease or the asset. Upon retirement or other 
disposition, the cost

<PAGE>

and related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed from the 
accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in income. Net property, 
plant and equipment is included in other assets and was not material at 
December 31, 1996 and 1995.
 
    Deferred Compensation--Deferred compensation includes notes receivable
from the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") and Supplemental
Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("SESOP"), and deferred compensation related to
restricted stock awards. Deferred compensation consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)               1996        1995       1994  
- --------------             ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>     
ESOP......................   $   736    $   841    $   951
SESOP.....................     1,225      1,225      1,225
Restricted Stock..........       629         --         --    
                             -------  ---------  ---------
  Total...................   $ 2,590    $ 2,066    $ 2,176
                             -------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Non-Cash Operating, Investing and Financing Activities--On November 
1, 1994, the Company executed an agreement with certain secured creditors of 
Healthco International, Inc. ("Healthco") under which it settled all existing 
and potential claims between the Company and Healthco and purchased 1,225,182 
shares of stock. In 1994, the Company made a cash payment of $1,785,000 and 
issued a note payable of $4,500,000 to the secured creditors of Healthco to 
(i) settle net liabilities of $1,262,000 due to Healthco and (ii) to purchase 
the 1,225,182 shares of stock.
 
    In 1996, the Company recognized $365,000 in compensation expense relating 
to restricted stock awards under its 1995 Stock Incentive Plan (Note G).
 
    Fiscal Year--For 1994 and prior years, the Company's fiscal year was 
the 52 or 53 week period ending on the last Saturday of the calendar year. 
The 1994 fiscal year covers the 53-week period from December 26, 1993 to 
December 31, 1994. In fiscal year 1995, the Company changed its fiscal 
year-end to December 31.
 
    Reclassifications--Certain amounts in the 1995 and 1994 consolidated 
financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year 
presentation.
 
    NOTE B. LEASES AND NOTES RECEIVABLE 
    The Company considers its finance portfolio assets to consist of two 
general categories of assets based on such assets' relative risk.
 
    The first category of assets consists of the Company's lease contracts 
and notes receivable due in installments, which comprise approximately 87.7% 
of the Company's net investment in leases and notes at December 31, 1996 
(90.1% at December 31, 1995). Substantially all of such contracts and notes 
are due from licensed medical professionals, principally dentists, who 
practice in individual or small group practices. Such contracts and notes are 
at fixed interest rates and have terms ranging from 12 to 84 months. The 
Company believes that leases and notes entered into with medical 
professionals are generally "small-ticket," homogeneous transactions with 
similar risk characteristics. Except for the amounts described in the 
following paragraph related to asset-based lending, all of the Company's 
historical provision for losses, charge offs, recoveries and allowance for 
losses have related to its lease contracts and notes due in installments.
 
    The second category of assets consists of the Company's notes receivable, 
which comprise approximately 12.3% of the Company's net investment in leases 
and notes at December 31, 1996 (9.9% at December 31, 1995). Such notes 
receivable consist of commercial, asset-based, revolving lines of credit to 
small and medium size manufacturers and distributors, at variable interest 
rates, and typically have terms of two years. The Company began commercial 
lending activities in mid-1994. Through December 31, 1996, the Company has 
not had any charge offs of commercial notes receivable. The provision for 
losses related to the commercial notes receivable was $146,000, $95,000 and 
$43,000 in 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The amount of the allowance for 
losses related to the commercial notes receivable was $284,000 and $138,000 
at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
    A summary of activity in the Company's allowance for losses which relates 
to the Company's investment in leases and notes for each of the years in the 
three-year period ended December 31, 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)               1996        1995       1994   
- --------------             ---------  ---------  --------- 
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>     
Beginning balance........  $  (4,482) $  (4,595) $  (6,897)
Provision for losses.....     (1,114)    (1,266)      (754)
Charge offs..............      1,609      1,504      3,350 
Recoveries...............        (95)      (125)      (294)
                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Balance, end of year.....  $  (4,082) $  (4,482) $  (4,595)
                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

    The Company's receivables are exposed to credit risk. To reduce the risk 
to the Company, stringent underwriting policies in approving leases and notes 
are closely monitored by management.
 
    The total contractual balances of delinquent lease contracts and notes 
receivable due in installments over 90 days past due amounted to $5,763,000 
at December 31, 1996 compared to $4,964,000 at December 31, 1995. An account 
is initially considered delinquent when not paid within thirty days of the 
billing due date.
 
    The Company's agreements with its customers, except for notes receivable 
related to ACFC (approximately $18,688,000 in 1996 and $12,002,000 in 1995), 
are non-cancelable and provide for a full payout at a fixed financing rate 
with a fixed payment schedule over a term of three to seven years. Scheduled 
future receipts on lease contracts and notes receivable due in installments, 
including interest and excluding the residual value of the equipment and ACFC 
receivables, as of December 31 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS):
- --------------
    <S>                           <C>
    1997......................   $  50,156
    1998......................   $  37,740
    1999......................   $  31,221
    2000......................   $  22,941
    2001 and thereafter.......   $  17,991
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Company had outstanding unfunded 
asset-based lending commitments of approximately $14,853,000 and $7,100,000. 
These amounts represent the aggregate difference between committed lines of 
credit and advances on such lines. The rates on such commitments fluctuate 
based on the prime rate. As a result, the Company is not exposed to interest 
rate risk on such commitments. In addition, at December 31, 1996 and 1995, 
the Company had approved fixed rate lease and practice finance applications 
outstanding but not yet activated of approximately $47,500,000 and 
$39,900,000, respectively. These approved applications are subject to 
reevaluation if not accepted within 60 days. While the Company is not legally 
bound to honor such approvals prior to activation, it has historically 
honored such approvals. The Company may be exposed to unfavorable movements 
in interest rates between the approval date and the activation date.
 
    NOTE C. SALES OF LEASE AND NOTES RECEIVABLE 
    In November 1995, the Company received a total of approximately 
$1,500,000 in connection with a sale of notes receivable due in installments. 
In 1996, the Company sold additional leases and notes receivable due in 
installments, received a total of $24,344,000 in initial proceeds and is 
scheduled to receive $4,074,000 in future payments from such sales. The 
related sales agreements are subject to certain covenants that, among other 
matters, may require the Company to repurchase the assets sold and/or make 
payments under certain circumstances, primarily on the failure of the 
underlying debtors to pay when due (the "recourse provisions"). At the time 
of sale, the Company recognizes its estimated liability under the recourse 
provisions. In connection with the sale of leases and notes during 1996 and 
1995, the Company recognized estimated recourse liability of $450,000 and 
$30,000 respectively. The Company has contingent obligations to repurchase 
leases and notes due in installments, which had an outstanding balance of 
$16,696,000 at December 31, 1996 and $1,466,000 at December 31, 1995. In 
addition, under the sales agreements the Company is obligated to continue to 
service the assets sold. The Company recorded a servicing liability of 
approximately $395,000 and $20,000 related to sale transactions in 1996 and 
1995, respectively, which will be recognized as revenue in proportion to the 
estimated future periodic servicing costs. The Company recognized 
approximately $15,000 of such revenue in 1996. Gains of approximately 
$1,572,000 and $53,000 were recognized by the Company in 1996 and 1995, 
respectively, related to sales of notes and leases.
 
    NOTE D. REVOLVING CREDIT BORROWINGS AND OTHER DEBT 
    Debt of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995 is 
summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)                                               1996       1995
- --------------                                            ---------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>
Revolving credit arrangement Due Dec. 31, 1997......     $   40,000   $  39,000
                                                         ----------   ---------
Senior Notes:
Senior Notes (Funding I)
Due Dec., 1999......................................          6,861      20,150
Senior Notes (Bravo) 
Due Nov., 2000 through Aug., 2001...................         67,524      26,303

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>
Senior Notes (SIS) Due Mar., 2001...................          2,352       3,070
                                                           ----------  ---------
Total Senior Notes..................................          76,737     49,523
                                                           ----------  ---------
Total...............................................      $  116,737  $  88,523
                                                           ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Revolving Credit Arrangement--In May 1995, the Company executed an 
Amended and Restated Revolving Loan agreement with the First National Bank of 
Boston as Managing Agent (the "Revolving Loan Agreement"), increasing 
availability under this arrangement to $50,000,000. The Revolving Loan 
Agreement was amended in December 1995 to increase availability to 
$60,000,000 and to extend the term to December 31, 1996. In December, 1996, 
the Revolving Loan Agreement was further amended to increase availability to 
$95,000,000 and extend the term to December 30, 1997. Under the Revolving 
Loan Agreement, the Company may borrow at variable rates of prime or in 
Eurodollar loans at LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.75%, dependent upon certain 
performance covenants. Such rates on the outstanding borrowings were 7.5% and 
8.0% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. In connection with the 
arrangement, all HPSC and ACFC assets, including ACFC stock but excluding 
assets collateralized under the senior notes, have been pledged as 
collateral. The Revolving Loan Agreement has not been historically hedged, 
and is not hedged at December 31, 1996, and is, therefore, exposed to upward 
movements in interest rates. Management believes that the Company's liquidity 
is adequate to meet current obligations and future projected levels of 
financings, and to carry on normal operations. The Company will continue to 
seek to raise additional capital from bank and non-bank sources, and from 
selective use of asset-sale transactions in the future. The Company expects 
that it will be able to obtain additional capital at competitive rates, but 
there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.
 
    In July and August of 1996, the level of delinquencies of the contracts 
held in Funding I rose above certain levels, as defined in the operative 
documents, and triggered a payment restriction event. This restriction had 
the effect of "trapping" any cash distribution that the Company otherwise 
would have been eligible to receive. The event was considered a technical 
default under the Revolving Loan Agreement, which default was waived by the 
lending banks. In September 1996, delinquency levels improved and the payment 
restrictions were removed. A payment restriction is not unusual during the 
later stages of a static pool securitization and may occur again before 
Funding I is fully paid out. The default provisions of the Revolving Credit 
Agreement were amended on December 12, 1996 to conform to the default 
provisions of the Funding I agreements. As a result, a payment restriction 
event under Funding I will not constitute a default under the Revolving Loan 
Agreement unless such event continues for at least six months.
 
    Senior Notes (Funding I)--The Company borrowed $70,000,000 in a 
receivable-backed securitization transaction ("Securitization") on December 
27, 1993. Under the terms of the Securitization, the Company formed a 
wholly-owned, special-purpose subsidiary, Funding I, to which the Company 
sold or contributed certain of its equipment lease contracts, conditional 
sales agreements, leasehold improvement loans, equipment residual rights and 
rights to underlying equipment ("Collateral"). Funding I subsequently issued 
$70,000,000 of secured notes ("Notes"), bearing interest at a fixed rate of 
5.01%, secured by the Collateral. The Notes are rated "AAA" by Standard & 
Poor's. Monthly payments of interest and principal on the Notes are made 
through the application of regularly scheduled monthly receivable payments on 
the Collateral. The Company is the servicer of the Collateral portfolio, 
subject to its meeting certain covenants. The required monthly payments of 
interest and principal to holders of the Notes are unconditionally guaranteed 
by Municipal Bond Investor Assurance Corporation pursuant to the terms of a 
Note guarantee insurance policy.
 
    As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, Funding I had gross receivables of 
approximately $9,758,000 and $26,984,000, respectively, which were pledged as 
Collateral. The Agreement also provides for restrictions on cash balances 
under certain conditions relating to default and delinquency ratios 
applicable to the Collateral. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, restricted cash 
amounted to approximately $4,014,000 and approximately $4,693,000, 
respectively.
 
    Note payments to investors, based on projected cash flows from the 
Collateral, for the years 1997 through 1999 are expected to be as follows: 
$5,328,000, $1,307,000, and $226,000, respectively. However, the agreement 
also contains a provision that requires early termination and payment to 
investors when the restricted cash contains an amount equal to investor 
balances. This event may occur during 1997.
 
    Senior Notes (Bravo)--As of January 31, 1995, the Company, along with 
its wholly-owned, special-purpose subsidiary, HPSC Bravo Funding Corp. 
("Bravo") had available borrowings of $50,000,000 under a revolving credit 
facility structured and guaranteed by Capital Markets Assurance Corporation 
("CapMAC"). Under the terms of the facility, Bravo, to which the Company 
sells and may continue to sell or contribute certain of its portfolio assets, 
pledges its interests in these assets to a commercial-paper conduit entity. 
Bravo incurs interest at variable rates in the commercial paper market and 
enters into interest rate swap agreements to assure fixed rate funding. In 
November 1996, the facility was amended to increase available borrowing to 
$100,000,000 and to allow up to $30,000,000 of the facility to be used for 
sales of financing contracts.
 
    Monthly settlements of principal and interest payments are made from the 
collection of payments on Bravo's transactions. The terms of the facility 
restrict the use of certain collected cash. Such restricted cash

<PAGE>

amounted to approximately $2,755,000 and $917,000 at December 31, 1996 and 
1995, respectively. Additional sales to Bravo from HPSC may be made subject 
to certain covenants regarding Bravo's portfolio performance and borrowing 
base calculations.
 
    The Company is the servicer of the Bravo portfolio, subject to its 
meeting certain covenants. The required monthly payments of principal and 
interest to purchasers of the commercial paper are guaranteed by CapMAC 
pursuant to the terms of the agreement.
 
    In the normal course of its business, the Company enters into interest 
rate swap contracts to hedge its interest rate risk related to its variable 
rate notes payable. Under such interest rate swap contracts, the Company pays 
a fixed rate of interest and receives a variable rate from the counterparty. 
Credit risk is the possibility that a loss may occur if a counterparty to a 
transaction fails to perform according to the terms of the contract. The 
notional amount of interest rate contracts is the amount upon which interest 
and other payments under the contract are based.
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $67,524,000 
outstanding under the loan portion of this facility and, in connection with 
these borrowings, had 14 separate interest rate swap agreements with the Bank 
of Boston with a total notional value of approximately $65,231,000. The 
Company had utilized approximately $6,991,000 of the sale pool and in 
connection with such sale, had one interest rate swap agreement with a total 
notional value of approximately $6,713,000.
 
    At December 31, 1995, the Company had approximately $26,303,000 
outstanding under the loan facility. In connection with these borrowings, the 
Company had six interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of 
approximately $27,500,000.
 
    The amounts of borrowings outstanding under the loan portion of the Bravo 
facility, the notional amount of swaps outstanding related to such loans and 
the effective interest rate under the swaps, assuming payments are made as 
scheduled will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT FOR %)                    BORROWINGS     SWAPS      RATE
- ---------------------------                   -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>        <C>
December 31, 1996.............................  $  67,524   $  65,231     6.29%
December 31, 1997.............................  $  46,493   $  46,576     6.28%
December 31, 1998.............................  $  28,255   $  29,152     6.24%
December 31, 1999.............................  $  13,593   $  14,338     6.19%
December 31, 2000.............................  $   4,155   $   4,553     6.16%
December 31, 2001.............................  $     675   $     854     6.14%
</TABLE>
 
    Senior Notes (SIS)--In April 1995, the Company entered into a 
secured, fixed rate, fixed term loan agreement with Springfield Institution 
for Savings under which the Company borrowed $3,500,000 at 9.5% subject to 
certain recourse and performance covenants.
 
    Certain debt/securitization agreements contain restrictive covenants 
which, among other things, include minimum net worth, interest coverage 
ratios, capital expenditures, and portfolio performance guidelines. At 
December 31, 1996, the Company was in compliance with the provisions of its 
debt covenants. 

    The scheduled maturities of the Company's revolving credit borrowings and 
other debt at December 31, 1996 are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
1997..............................  $  67,004
1988..............................  $  20,248
1999..............................  $  15,534
2000..............................  $   9,770
2001..............................  $   3,508
Thereafter........................  $     673
</TABLE>
 
    NOTE E. LEASE COMMITMENTS
    The Company leases various office locations under noncancelable lease 
arrangements that have terms of from three to five years and that generally 
provide renewal options from one to five years. Rent expense under all 
operating leases was $391,000, $318,000, and $198,000 for 1996, 1995 and 
1994, respectively.
 
    Future minimum lease payments for commitments exceeding twelve months 
under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 1996, are as follows 
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
1997..............................  $     324
1998..............................  $     324
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
1999..............................  $     146
2000..............................        -0-
2001 & thereafter.................        -0-
</TABLE>

    NOTE F. INCOME TAXES
    Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of "temporary differences" 
between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and such amounts as measured by tax laws and regulations.
 
    The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in 
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>      
(IN THOUSANDS)                               1996       1995       1994    
- --------------                           ----------  ---------  ---------  
Domestic...............................      $1,699       $154       $891  
Foreign................................        (120)       (75)      (141) 
                                         ----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes......      $1,579        $79       $750  
                                         ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Income taxes consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   
                                           ----------------------------
(IN THOUSANDS)                                  1996       1995       1994
- --------------                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal:
  Current..................................  $     251  $     832  $     808
  Deferred.................................        310       (569)      (530)
State:
  Current..................................         64        426        635
  Deferred.................................         79       (357)      (563)
Foreign:
  Current..................................         --       (128)       (50)
  Deferred.................................         --         --         --
                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
Provision (credit) for income taxes.........  $     704  $     204  $     300
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred income taxes arise from the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
(IN THOUSANDS)                                   1996       1995       1994
- --------------                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating method.........................           142  $  (2,501) $  (3,498)
Alternative minimum tax credit...........            --        609      2,147
Other....................................           247        966        258
                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              $     389  $    (926) $  (1,093)
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and the 
effective tax rate as a percentage of pre-tax income for each year is as 
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        -------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                          1996       1995       1994
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
Statutory rate........................................................     34.0%      34.0%      34.0%
State taxes net of US federal income tax benefit......................      6.0       55.7        5.2
Effect of prior year foreign tax recovery.............................       --     (162.0)        --
Foreign loss not benefited............................................      2.6       22.7         --
Non-deductible write-off of foreign currency translation adjustment...       --      258.5         --
Other.................................................................      2.0       49.3         .8
                                                                            ---  ---------        ---
                                                                           44.6%     258.2%      40.0%
                                                                            ---  ---------        ---
</TABLE>

     The items which comprise a significant portion of deferred tax liabilities
as of December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995 are as follows:

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN THOUSANDS)                   1996       1995
- ------------------             ---------  ---------
<S>                                <C>        <C>
Operating method............   $   5,146  $   5,004
Other.......................        (144)      (391)
                               ---------  ---------
Deferred income taxes.......   $   5,002  $   4,613
                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996 consolidated retained earnings included $260,000 of 
unremitted earnings from the Company's foreign subsidiary. In the event of 
repatriation, the Company does not anticipate any significant additional 
income taxes.
 
NOTE G. STOCK OPTION AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
 
    Stock Option Plans--The Company had three stock option plans in place 
which provided for the granting of options to purchase up to 801,875 shares 
of common stock: the Employee Stock Option Plan dated March 23, 1983, as 
amended (the "1983 Plan"), the Stock Option Plan dated March 5, 1986 (the 
"1986 Plan") and the 1994 Stock Plan dated March 23, 1994 (the "1994 Plan"). 
These three plans were terminated in May 1995 upon the approval of the 1995 
Stock Incentive Plan discussed below.
 
    Options granted under the 1983 Plan are either incentive stock options or 
non-qualified options and were granted at no less than 85% of the fair market 
value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. Officers and directors of the 
Company and its subsidiaries were eligible to participate under the 1986 Plan 
and only non-qualified stock options were granted under the 1986 Plan. 
Options under the Plan were granted at an exercise price equal to the market 
price on the date of grant. Key employees, directors of and consultants to 
the Company were eligible to participate in the 1994 Plan. Only non-qualified 
options were granted under the 1994 Plan. The Plan required that the option 
exercise price in each case be at least 50% of the fair market value of the 
Common Stock on the date of grant. All options granted under the Plan had an 
exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the 
grant date. Options vest over five years of service.

    1995 Stock Incentive Plan--The Company has outstanding stock options and 
awards of restricted stock under its 1995 Stock Incentive Plan dated March 8, 
1995, as amended March 14, 1996, (the "1995 Stock Plan") pursuant to which 
550,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved. A total of 138,000 shares of the 
Company's Common Stock remained available for grants of options or awards of 
restricted stock under the 1995 Stock Plan at December 31, 1996.

    1995 Stock Plan--Restricted Stock--The 1995 Stock Plan provides that 
restricted shares of Common Stock awarded under the plan will remain unvested 
until certain performance and service conditions are both met.
 
    The performance condition is met with respect to 50% of the restricted 
shares if and when during the five-year period after the date of grant ("the 
Performance Period") the closing price of the Company's Common Stock, as 
reported on the Nasdaq National Market System for a consecutive ten-day 
period, equals at least 134.175% of the closing price on the grant date (the 
"Partial Performance Condition"). The performance condition is met with 
respect to the remaining 50% of the restricted shares if and when during the 
Performance Period the closing price of the Company's Common Stock, as 
reported on the Nasdaq National Market System for a consecutive ten-day 
period, equals at least 168.35% of the closing price on the grant date (the 
"Full Performance Condition").
 
    The service condition is met with respect to all restricted shares 
(provided that the applicable performance condition has also been met) by the 
holder's continuous service for the Company throughout the Performance Period 
provided that such holder shall also have completed five (5) years of 
continued service with the Company from the date of grant. Upon a change of 
control of the Company (as defined in the 1995 Stock Plan), all restricted 
stock awards granted prior to such change of control become fully vested.
 
    Upon the termination of a holder's employment by the Company without 
cause or by reason of death or disability during the Performance Period, any 
restricted stock awards for which the applicable performance condition is 
satisfied no later than four months after the date of such termination of 
employment shall become fully vested.
 
    Awards of 337,000 restricted shares of the Company's Common Stock were 
made in May 1995. The Partial Performance Condition of these shares is $5.90 
per share with respect to 332,000 shares and $6.04 with respect to 5,000 
shares, and the Full Performance Condition is $7.37 per share with respect to 
332,000 shares and $7.58 with respect to 5,000 shares. Additional paid in 
capital and deferred compensation of $994,000 was recorded when the 
performance criteria was achieved with respect to 50% of the restricted 
shares in June 1996. Compensation expense of $365,000 was recognized in 1996 
and the remaining deferred compensation will be recognized over the remaining 
term of the service condition. 

<PAGE>

    1995 Stock Plan--Stock Options--The 1995 Stock Plan provides that 
with respect to options made to key employees (except non-employee 
directors), the option term and the terms and conditions upon which the 
options may be exercised will be determined by the Compensation Committee of 
the Company's Board of Directors for each such option at the time it is 
granted (except so delegated to the chief executive officer for non-executive 
officer grants). Options granted to key employees of the Company may be 
either incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the 
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and subject to the restrictions of that section 
on certain terms of such options) or non-qualified options, as designated by 
the Compensation Committee.
 
    With respect to automatic options to non-employee directors of the 
Company (which must be non-qualified options), the 1995 Stock Plan specifies 
the option term and the terms and conditions upon which the options may be 
exercised. Each non-employee director who is such at the conclusion of any 
regular annual meeting of the Company's stockholders while the 1995 Stock 
Plan is in effect and who will continue to serve on the Board of Directors is 
granted such automatic options to purchase 1,000 shares of the Company's 
Common Stock at a price equal to the closing price of the Common Stock, as 
reported on the Nasdaq National Market System, on the date of grant of the 
option. Each automatic option is exercisable immediately in full or for any 
portion thereof and remains exercisable for ten years after the date of 
grant, unless terminated earlier (as provided in the Plan) upon or following 
termination of the holder's service as a director.
 
    Other Option Grants--At December 31, 1996, there were options 
exercisable for an aggregate of 2,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding to a 
consultant and options exercisable for an aggregate of 4,000 shares of Common 
Stock outstanding to a non-employee director of the Company.

    The following table summarizes stock option and restricted stock activity: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              OPTIONS
                                         ------------------- 
                                                    WEIGHTED
                                                    AVERAGE
                                        NUMBER OF   EXERCISE   RESTRICTED
                                         OPTIONS      PRICE       STOCK
                                      -----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>          <C>
Outstanding at January 1, 1994.....     471,875   $    2.96        --
  Granted............................   190,000   $    3.70        --
  Exercised..........................      --          --          --
  Expired............................      --          --          --
  Forfeited..........................   (25,000)  $    3.25        --
                                   
                                      -----------  ---------  -----------
Outstanding at December 31, 1994..      636,875   $    3.17        --
  Granted............................    25,000   $    4.33     337,000
  Exercised..........................      --          --          --
  Expired............................      --          --          --
  Forfeited..........................   (50,000)  $    3.56        --
                                      -----------  ---------  -----------
Outstanding at December 31, 1995...     611,875   $    3.19     337,000
  Granted............................    60,000   $    5.15        --
  Exercised..........................      --          --          --
  Expired............................      --          --          --
  Forfeited..........................   (30,000)  $    3.31        --
                                      -----------  ---------  -----------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996...     641,875   $    3.36     337,000
                                      -----------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>



    The following table sets forth information regarding options outstanding 
at December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     WEIGHTED           WEIGHTED
                      NUMBER OF      AVERAGE            AVERAGE       WEIGHTED
RANGE OF               OPTIONS       OPTIONS            OPTIONS        AVERAGE
EXERCISE  NUMBER OF   CURRENTLY      GRANTED           EXERCISABLE     REMAINING
 PRICES    OPTIONS   EXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE PRICE      PRICE      LIFE (YEARS)
- --------  --------  -----------   -----------------   -------------  -------------
<S>        <C>          <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>
2.63-3.25  391,875      356,500              $2.87           $2.86           6.10
3.38-4.00  175,000       89,667              $3.75           $3.76           7.42
4.50-4.88   59,000       18,000              $4.70           $4.72           8.78
6.13-6.63   16,000        7,000              $6.40           $6.19           9.16
            ------     ----------   ---------------     -------------  ------------
2.63-6.63  641,875      471,167              $3.36           $3.15           6.29
            ------     ----------   ---------------     -------------  ------------

</TABLE>
 
    The weighted average grant date fair values of options granted for the 
years ending December 31, 1996 and 1995 were $3.07 and $4.24, respectively.
 
    Stock Purchase Plan--Under the Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees 
were granted options to acquire, through authorized payroll deductions, 
shares of common stock. The Stock Purchase Plan provided for options to be 
granted twice each year, on the first day of a six-month payment period, with 
exercise of the option to take place on the last business day of each such 
payment period at a purchase price of the lesser of 85% of the fair market 
value of the shares on the option grant date or on the option exercise date. 
The Stock Purchase Plan was terminated upon the approval of the Stock 
Incentive Plan in May, 1995. During 1995 and 1994, 317 and 824 shares, 
respectively, were issued under the Stock Purchase Plan.

    Notes Receivable from Officers and Employees (Stock Loan Program)--On 
January 5, 1995, the Compensation Committee approved a Stock Loan Program 
whereby executive officers and other senior personnel of the Company earning 
more than $80,000 per year may borrow from the Company an amount equal to the 
cost of purchasing two shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of 
acquiring such stock, for each share of Common Stock purchased by the 
employee from sources other than Company funds. Such borrowings may not 
exceed $200,000 in any fiscal quarter of the Company, $200,000 per employee 
or $400,000 during the term of the loan program for all employees. The loans 
are recourse, bear interest at a variable rate which is one-half of one 
percent above the Company's cost of funds, payable monthly in arrears, and 
are payable as to principal no later than five years after the date of the 
loan. All shares purchased with such loans are pledged to the Company as 
collateral for repayment of the loans.
 
    Pro Forma Disclosure--As described in Note A, the Company uses the 
intrinsic value method to measure compensation expense associated with the 
grants of stock options or awards to employees. Had the Company used the fair 
value method to measure compensation, reported net income and earnings per 
share would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996       1995
                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes.....................  $   1,598  $     (64)
Provision for income taxes............................        735        204
                                                        ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).....................................  $     863  $    (140)
                                                        ---------  ---------
Net income (loss) per share...........................  $    0.21  $   (0.04)
                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    For purposes of determining the above disclosure required by Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, the fair value of options on their 
grant date was measured using the Black/Scholes option pricing model. Key 
assumptions used to apply this pricing model were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1996       1995
                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Risk-free interest rate..............................        6.0%       6.7%
Expected life of option grants.......................    10 years   10 years
Expected volatility of underlying stock..............       36.4%      46.6%
</TABLE>
 
    The pro forma presentation only includes the effects of grants made
subsequent to January 1, 1995.
 
NOTE H. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    Employee Stock Ownership Plan--In December 1993, the Company 
established a stock bonus type of Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") for 
the benefit of all eligible employees. The ESOP is expected to be primarily 
invested in common stock of the Company on behalf of the employees. ESOP 
contributions are at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and 
are determined annually. However, it is the Company's present intention to 
make contributions sufficient to repay the ESOP's Promissory Note on a level 
funding basis over a 10-year period. The Company measures the expense related 
to such contributions based on the original cost of the stock which was 
originally issued to the ESOP. Shares of stock which were issued to the ESOP 
are allocated to the participants based on a calculation of the ratio of the 
annual contribution amount to the original principal of the Promissory Note. 
The Company made contributions of $105,000 in 1996, $110,000 in 1995, and 
$99,000 in 1994.

    Employees with five or more years of service with the Company from and 
after December 1993 at the time of termination of employment will be fully 
vested in their benefits under the ESOP. For a participant with fewer than 
five years of service from December 1993 through his or her termination date, 
his or her account balance will vest at the rate of 20% for each year of 
employment. Upon the retirement or other termination of an ESOP participant, 
the shares of common stock in which he or she is vested, at the option of the 
participant, may be converted to cash or may be distributed. The unvested 
shares are allocated to the remaining participants. The Company has issued 
300,000 shares of Common Stock to this plan in consideration of a Promissory 
Note in the principal amount of $1,050,000. As of December 31, 1996, 89,654 
shares of Common Stock have been allocated to participant accounts under the 
ESOP and 210,346 shares remain unallocated. The market value of unallocated 
share was $1,262,076.


<PAGE>

    Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan--In July, 1994, the 
Company adopted a Supplemental Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("SESOP") for 
the benefit of all eligible employees. Eligibility requirements are similar 
to the ESOP discussed above except that any amounts allocated under the SESOP 
would first be 


allocated to the accounts of certain highly compensated employees to make up 
for certain limitations on Company contributions under the ESOP required by 
the 1993 Tax Act and next to all eligible employees on a non-discriminatory 
basis. The Company has issued 350,000 shares of Common Stock to this plan in 
consideration for a Promissory Note in the principal amount of $1,225,000. 
SESOP contributions are at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors 
and are determined annually. No contributions have been made nor have any 
allocations yet been made to participant accounts.
 
    Savings Plan--The Company has established a Savings Plan covering 
substantially all full-time employees, which allows participants to make 
contributions by salary deductions pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal 
Revenue Code. The Company matches employee contributions up to a maximum of 
2% of the employee's salary. Both employee and employer contributions are 
vested immediately. The Company's contributions to the Savings Plan were 
$62,841 in 1996, $49,419 in 1995 and $37,975 in 1994.
 
    NOTE I. PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS PLAN
    Pursuant to a rights agreement between the Company and the First National 
Bank of Boston, as rights agent, dated August 3, 1993, the Board of Directors 
declared a dividend on August 3, 1993 of one preferred stock purchase right 
("Right") for each share of the Company's common stock (the "Shares") 
outstanding on or after August 13, 1993. The Right entitles the holder to 
purchase one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, which 
fractional share is substantially equivalent to one share of Common Stock, at 
an exercise price of $20. The Rights will not be exercisable or transferable 
apart from the Common Stock until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days 
following a public announcement that a person or affiliated group has 
acquired 15 percent or more of the outstanding Common Stock (such person or 
group, an "Acquiring Person"), or (ii) 10 business days after an announcement 
or commencement of a tender offer which would result in a person or group's 
becoming an Acquiring Person, subject to certain exceptions. The Rights 
beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person and its affiliates become null and 
void upon the Rights becoming exercisable.
 
    If a person becomes an Acquiring Person or certain other events occur, 
each Right entitles the holder, other than the Acquiring Person, to purchase 
common stock (or one one-hundredth of a share of Preferred Stock, at the 
discretion of the Board of Directors) having a market value of two times the 
exercise price of the Right. If the Company is acquired in a merger or other 
business combination, each exercisable Right entitles the holder, other than 
the Acquiring Person, to purchase Common Stock of the acquiring company 
having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

    At any time after a person becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the 
acquisition by such person of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, 
the Board of Directors may direct the Company to exchange the Rights held by 
any person other than an Acquiring Person at an exchange ratio of one share 
of Common Stock per Right. The Rights may be redeemed by the Company, subject 
to approval of the Board of Directors, for one cent per Right in accordance 
with the provisions of the Rights Plan. The Rights have no voting or dividend 
privileges.
 
    NOTE J. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    FASB Statement No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial
Instruments" ("SFAS No. 107"), requires the Company to disclose the estimated
fair values for certain of its financial instruments. Financial instruments 
include items such as loans, interest rate contracts, notes payable, and other
items as defined in SFAS No. 107.
 
    Fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the 
instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing 
parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.
 
    Quoted market prices are used when available; otherwise, management 
estimates fair value based on prices of financial instruments with similar 
characteristics or using valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow 
models. Valuation techniques involve uncertainties and require assumptions 
and judgments regarding prepayments, credit risk and discount rates. Changes 
in these assumptions will result in different valuation estimates. The fair 
values presented would not necessarily be realized in an immediate sale; nor 
are there plans to settle liabilities prior to contractual maturity. 
Additionally, SFAS No. 107 allows companies to use a wide range of valuation 
techniques; therefore, it may be difficult to compare the Company's fair 
value information to other companies' fair value information.


<PAGE>

    The following table presents a comparison of the carrying value and 
estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 
1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

IN THOUSANDS                                               VALUE    FAIR VALUE
- ------------                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>
Financial liabilities: 
Notes payable..........................................   $116,737    $116,130
Interest rate contracts................................     $-0-         $(336)
</TABLE>
 
    The following table presents a comparison of the carrying value and 
estimated fair value of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 
1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        CARRYING    ESTIMATED
IN THOUSANDS                                              VALUE     FAIR VALUE
- ------------                                            ----------  ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents..............................        $861       $861
Restricted cash........................................      $5,610     $5,610
Net investment in leases and notes.....................    $119,916   $119,916
Financial liabilities:
Notes payable..........................................     $88,523    $88,523
</TABLE>
 
    The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair 
value of each class of financial instrument:
 
        Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: For these short-term
    instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.
 
        Net investment in leases and notes: The estimated fair value of net
    investment in leases and notes approximates carrying value. Loans at rates
    similar to those in the current portfolio could be made to borrowers with
    similar credit ratings and for similar remaining maturities. For nonaccrual
    practice acquisition and asset-based loans, fair value is estimated by
    discounting management's estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate
    commensurate with the risk associated with such assets.
 
        Notes payable: The fair market value of the Company's senior notes is
    estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues
    or on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same
    maturity. At December 31, 1995, the Company's senior notes, as shown on the
    accompanying balance sheet, reflect their approximate fair market value.
 
        Interest rate contracts: The fair value of interest rate contracts is
    estimated based on the estimated amount necessary to terminate the
    agreements. At December 31, 1995, this amount was not material to the
    financial statements.

NOTE K. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

    On March 26, 1997, the Company completed the issuance of $20 million of 
unsecured senior subordinated notes due in 2007, which bear interest at a 
fixed rate of 11%.  The Company received approximately $18.5 million in net 
proceeds, which it used to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under 
the Revolving Credit Arrangement (Note D).

                                       
<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of HPSC, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of HPSC, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the
year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of HPSC, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996, and the consolidated results of their
operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 28, 1997
(March 26, 1997 as to Note K)


<PAGE>


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of HPSC, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of HPSC, Inc. as
of December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of HPSC, Inc. as
of December 31, 1995, and the consolidated results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    As discussed in Note A to the financial statements, the Company adopted
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors
for Impairment of a Loan," as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan - Income
Recognition and Disclosure," effective January 1, 1995.
 
Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS
 
March 25, 1996


<PAGE>
 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

  The information required by this item has been filed on Form 8-K,
dated June 19, 1996.

                                    PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the
sections captioned "PROPOSAL ONE--ELECTION OF DIRECTORS --Nominees for Class II
Directors," "--Members of the Board of Directors Continuing in Office" and " -
Other Executive Officers" and "VOTING SECURITIES--Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the 1997 Proxy Statement to be filed not
later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual
report on Form 10-K.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the
sections captioned "EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION--Summary Compensation Table," "
- -Stock Loan Program," "--Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan," "--Option
Grants in Last Fiscal Year," "--Aggregated Option Exercises and Year-End
Values,"--Employment Agreements" and "--Compensation of Directors" in the 1997
Proxy Statement to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal
year covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

    The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the
section captioned "VOTING SECURITIES--Share Ownership of Certain Beneficial
Owners and Management" in the 1997 Proxy Statement to be filed not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report on Form
10-K.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

  Not Applicable


PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K


(A) 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       --------------------

    The consolidated financial statements filed as part of this Report are 
    listed in Item 8.

(A) 2. FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
       -----------------------------

    Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, or not 
    required, or because the required information is included in the 
    consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

<PAGE>


LOCATION OF DOCUMENTS PERTAINING TO EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS AND
ARRANGEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 ITEM IN
              NAME OF DOCUMENT                 THIS REPORT                  CROSS REFERENCE
              ----------------                 -----------                  ---------------
<C>           <S>                              <C>                          <C>
1.         HPSC, Inc. Stock Option                10.2             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           Plan dated March 5,1986                                 10.6 to HPSC's Annual Report on Form
                                                                   10-K for the fiscal year ended
                                                                   December 30, 1989


2.         Employment Agreement                   10.3             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           between the Company and                                 10.3 to HPSC's Amendment No. 1 to
           John W. Everets, dated as of                            Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on
           July 19, 1996                                           March 10, 1997


3.         Employment Agreement                   10.4             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           between the Company and                                 10.4 to HPSC's Amendment No. 1 to
           Raymond R. Doherty dated as                             Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on  
           of August 2, 1996                                       March 10, 1997 


4.         HPSC, Inc. Employee Stock              10.6             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit  
           Ownership Plan Agreement                                10.9 to HPSC's Annual Report on
           dated December 22, 1993                                 Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
           between HPSC, Inc. and John                             December 25, 1993
           Everets and Raymond     
           Doherty, as trustees    


5.         First Amendment effective              10.7             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           January 1, 1993 to HPSC, Inc.                           10.2 to HPSC's Quarterly Report on 
           Employee Stock Ownership                                Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
           Plan                                                    June 25, 1994


6.         Second Amendment effective             10.8             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
           January 1, 1994 to HPSC,                                10.11 to HPSC's Annual Report on
           Inc., Employee Stock                                    Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
           Ownership Plan                                          December 31, 1994
                                                                       

7.         Third Amendment effective              10.9             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit        
           January 1, 1993 to HPSC, Inc.                           10.12 to HPSC's Annual Report on
           Employee Stock Ownership                                Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
           Plan                                                    December 31, 1994


8.         HPSC, Inc. 401 (k) Plan dated          10.13            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
           February, 1993 between                                  10.15 to HPSC's Annual Report on
           HPSC, Inc. and Metropolitan                             Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
           Life Insurance Company                                  December 25, 1993


9.         HPSC, Inc. Supplemental                10.10            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
           Employee Stock Ownership                                10.3 to HPSC's Quarterly Report on
           Plan and Trust dated July 25,                           Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 
           1994                                                    25, 1994  


10.        HPSC, Inc. 1994 Stock Plan             10.11            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           dated as of March 23, 1994                              10.4 to HPSC's Quarterly Report on 
           and related forms of                                    Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
           Nonqualified Option Grant                               25, 1994     
           and Option Exercise Form


11.        Employment Agreement                   10.5             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
           between HPSC, Inc. and Rene                             10.5 to HPSC's Quarterly Report on  
           Lefebvre dated April 6, 1994                            Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
                                                                   25, 1994


12.        Amended and Restated HPSC,             10.29            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to
           Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Plan                          HPSC's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                                   fiscal year ended December
                                                                   31, 1995.


13.        Stock Option grant to Lowell           10.30            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to
           P. Weicker effective                                    HPSC's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           December 7, 1995                                        fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.


14.        HPSC, Inc. Supplemental                10.12            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
           Executive Retirement Plan                               HPSC's Amendment No. 1 to Registration
           dated as of January 1, 1997                             Statement on Form S-1 filed March 10, 1997.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(a) 3 EXHIBITS
Exhibits
- --------------

    NO.                     TITLE                                               METHOD OF FILING
    ---                     -----                                               ----------------
    <C>      <S>                                             <C>
    3.1      Restated Certificate of Incorporation of        Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to HPSC's Annual
             HPSC, Inc.                                      Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
                                                             1995.

    3.2      Certificate of Amendment to                     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to HPSC's Annual
             Restated Certificate of                         Report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
             Incorporation of HPSC, Inc.                     December 31, 1995.
             in Delaware on September 14,
             1987

    3.3      Certificate of Amendment to                     Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to HPSC's Annual
             Restated Certificate of                         Report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
             Incorporation of HPSC, Inc.                     December 31, 1995.
             in Delaware on May 22, 1995                     

    3.4      Amended and Restated By-Laws                    Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to HPSC's Amendment
                                                             No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed March 10,
                                                             1997

    4.1      Rights Agreement dated as of                    Incorporated by reference to  
             August 3, 1993 between the                      Exhibit 4 to HPSC's Amendment  
             Company and The First National                  No. 1 to its Current Report on 
             Bank of Boston, N.A., including                 Form 8-K filed August 11, 1993 
             as Exhibit B thereto the form of 
             Rights Certificate

    10.1     Lease dated as of March 8,                      Incorporated by reference to 
             1994 between the Trustees of                    Exhibit 10.1 to HPSC's Annual 
             60 State Street Trust and                       Report on Form 10-K for the 
             HPSC, Inc., dated September                     fiscal year ended December 31,
             10, 1970 and relating to the                    1994
             principal executive offices of
             HPSC, Inc. at 60 State Street,
             Boston, Massachusetts

    10.2     HPSC, Inc. Stock Option Plan,                   Incorporated by reference to 
             dated March 5, 1986                             Exhibit 10.6 to HPSC's Annual 
                                                             Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                             fiscal year ended December 30,
                                                             1989

    10.3     Employment Agreement                            Incorporated by reference to
             between the Company and                         Exhibit 10.3 to HPSC's Amendment No. 1  
             John W. Everets, dated as of                    to Registration Statement on Form S-1
             July 19, 1996                                   filed March 10, 1997

    10.4     Employment Agreement                            Incorporated by reference to 
             between the Company and                         Exhibit 10.4 to HPSC's Amendment No. 1  
             Raymond R. Doherty dated                        to Registration Statement on Form S-1
             as of August 2, 1996                            filed March 10, 1997

    10.5     Employment Agreement                            Incorporated by reference to 
             between HPSC, Inc. and Rene                     Exhibit 10.5 to HPSC's Quarterly 
             Lefebvre dated April 6, 1994                    Report on Form 10-Q for the
                                                             quarter ended June 25, 1994

    10.6     HPSC, Inc. Employee Stock                       Incorporated by reference to  
             Ownership Plan Agreement                        Exhibit 10.9 to HPSC's Annual 
             dated December 22, 1993                         Report on Form 10-K for the
             between HPSC, Inc. and John                     fiscal year ended December 25,
             W. Everets and Raymond R.                       1993
             Doherty, as trustees

    10.7     First Amendment effective                       Incorporated by reference to 
             January 1, 1993 to HPSC, Inc.                   Exhibit 10.2 to HPSC's Quarterly 
             Employee Stock Ownership Plan                   Report on Form 10-Q for the
                                                             quarter ended June 25, 1994

    10.8     Second Amendment effective                      Incorporated by reference to  
             January 1, 1994 to HPSC, Inc.                   Exhibit 10.11 to HPSC's Annual  
             Employee Stock Ownership Plan                   Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
                                                             year ended December 31, 1994

    10.9     Third Amendment effective                       Incorporated by reference to  
             January 1, 1993 to HPSC, Inc.                   Exhibit 10.12 to HPSC's Annual  
             Employee Stock Ownership Plan                   Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                             fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    <C>      <S>                                             <C>
    10.10    HPSC, Inc. Supplemental                         Incorporated by reference to 
             Employee Stock Ownership Plan                   Exhibit 10.3 to HPSC's Quarterly
             and Trust dated July 25, 1994                   Report on Form 10-Q for the
             dated July 25, 1994                             quarter ended June 25, 1994

    10.11    HPSC, Inc. 1994 Stock Plan                      Incorporated by reference to 
             dated as of March 23, 1994 and                  Exhibit 10.4 to HPSC's Quarterly 
             related forms of Nonqualified                   Report on Form 10-Q for the
             Option Grant and Option                         quarter ended June 25, 1994
             Exercise Form

    10.12    HPSC, Inc. Supplemental Executive               Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12
             Retirement Plan dated as of                     to HPSC's Amendment No. 1 to
             January 1, 1997                                 Registration Statement on Form S-1 
                                                             filed March 10, 1997
           
    10.13    HPSC, Inc. 401(k) Plan dated                    Incorporated by reference to 
             February, 1993 between HPSC,                    Exhibit 10.15 to HPSC's Annual
             Inc. and Metropolitan Life                      Report on Form 10-K for the 
             Insurance Company                               fiscal year ended December 25, 
                                                             1993

    10.14    Indenture and Service                           Incorporated by reference to
             Agreement dated as of                           Exhibit 10.10 to HPSC's Annual
             December 23, 1993 by and                        Report on Form 10-K for the
             among HPSC Funding corp. I,                     fiscal year ended December 25,
             HPSC, Inc. and State Street                     1993
             Bank and Trust company of
             Connecticut, N.A.

    10.15    Sale and Contribution                           Incorporated by reference to
             Agreement dated as of                           Exhibit 10.11 to HPSC's Annual
             December 23, 1993 between                       Report on Form 10-K for the 
             HPSC Funding Corp I and                         fiscal year ended December 25,
             HPSC, Inc.                                      1993
             
    10.16    Note Purchase Agreement                         Incorporated by reference to  
             dated as of December 23, 1993                   Exhibit 10.12 to HPSC's Annual 
             among HPSC Funding Corp. I,                     Report on Form 10-K for the 
             HPSC, Inc. and the Prudential                   fiscal year ended December 25, 
             Life Insurance Company of                       1993
             America              
             
    10.17    Insurance Agreement dated as                    Incorporated by reference to  
             of December 23, 1993 among                      Exhibit 10.13 to HPSC's Annual   
             Municipal Bond Investors                        Report on Form 10-K for the
             Assurance Corporation, HPSC                     fiscal year ended December 25,
             Funding Corp. I, HPSC, Inc. and                 1993
             State Street Bank and Trust                     
             Company of Connecticut, N.A.

    10.18    Undertaking with respect to                     Incorporated by reference to  
             Exhibits to certain Agreements                  Exhibit 10.14 to HPSC's Annual
                                                             Report on Form 10-K for the
                                                             fiscal year ended December 25,
                                                             1993

    10.19    Second Amended and Restated                     Incorporated by reference to 
             Revolving Loan Agreement                        Exhibit 10.19 to HPSC's 
             dated as of December 12, 1996,                  Registration Statement on Form S-1 
             among HPSC, Inc., The First National            filed January 30, 1997
             Bank of Boston, individually 
             and as Managing Agent, Nation Bank,
             individually and as Agent, and the
             the banks named therein

    10.20    First Amendment to Second Amended             Filed herewith
             and Restated Revolving Loan
             Agreement dated as of March 26,
             1997 among HPSC, Inc., The First
             National Bank of Boston,
             individually and as Managing Agent,
             National Bank, individually and as
             Agent, and the bank named therein

    10.21    Loan Agreement dated April 13, 1995            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to HPSC's 
             between HPSC, Inc. and Springfield             Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended  
             Institution for Savings                        March 31, 1995

    10.22    Sale Agreement dated November 16,              Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to HPSC's 
             1995 between HPSC, Inc. and                    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
             Springfield Institution for Savings            December 31, 1995

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    <C>      <S>                                            <C>
    10.23    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as             Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to HPSC's 
             of November 1, 1994, by and among              Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
             HPSC, Inc. and each of Chemical                September 24, 1994
             Bank; The CIT Group/Business
             Credit, Inc.; Van Kampen Merritt
             Prime Rate Income Trust; the Nippon
             Credit Bank, Ltd.; Union Bank of
             Finland, Grand Cayman Branch; HPSC,
             Inc.; The Bank of Tokyo Trust
             Company; and Morgens, Waterfall,
             Vintiadis & Co. Inc., and related
             Schedules

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    <C>      <S>                                            <C>
    10.24    Purchase and Contribution Agreement            Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to HPSC's 
             dated as of January 31, 1995                   Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
             between HPSC, Inc. and HPSC Bravo              December 31, 1994
             Funding Corp.

    10.25    Credit Agreement dated as of                   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to HPSC's 
             January 31, 1995 among HPSC Bravo              Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
             Funding Corp., Triple-A One Funding            December 31, 1994
             Corporation, as lender, and CapMAC,
             as Administrative Agent and as
             Collateral Agent

    10.26    Agreement to furnish copies of                 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to HPSC's 
             Omitted Exhibits to Certain                    Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
             Agreements with HPSC Bravo Funding             December 31, 1994
             Corp.

    10.27    Amendment documents, effective                 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to HPSC's 
             November 5, 1996 to Credit                     Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed January 30, 1997
             Agreement dated as of January 31,
             1995 among HPSC Bravo Funding
             Corp., Triple-A Funding
             Corporation, as Lender, and CapMAC,
             as Administrative Agent and as
             Collateral Agent

    10.28    Indenture dated as of March 20,                Filed herewith
             1997 between HPSC, Inc. and State
             Street Bank and Trust Company, as
             Trustee

    10.29    Amended and Restated HPSC, Inc.                Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to HPSC's Annual 
             1995 Stock Incentive Plan                      Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

    10.30    Stock Option grant to Lowell P.                Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to HPSC's Annual 
             Weicker effective December 7, 1995.            Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

     21.1    Subsidiaries of HPSC, Inc.                     Filed herewith

     23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP               Filed herewith

     23.2    Consent of Coopers & Lybrand                   Filed herewith
             L.L.P.

     27.1    HPSC, Inc. Financial Data Schedule             Filed herewith

</TABLE>

Copies of Exhibits may be obtained for a nominal charge by writing to:

                               INVESTOR RELATIONS
                                   HPSC, INC.
                                60 STATE STREET
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02019
 
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
 
NONE


<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, HPSC, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                        HPSC, INC.
 
                                        BY: John W. Everets 
                                            ---------------------------
DATED: MARCH 31, 1997                       JOHN W. EVERETS
                                            CHAIRMAN, CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                            OFFICER AND DIRECTOR
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of HPSC, Inc.
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<C>                             <S>                           <C>
          Name                            Title                     Date
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------

By: /S/ JOHN W. EVERETS         Chairman, Chief Executive  
- ------------------------------    Officer and Director           March 31, 1997                                        
        John W. Everets           (Principal Executive                
                                   Officer)

                                Vice President, Chief
BY: /S/ RENE LEFEBVRE             Financial Officer and 
- ------------------------------    Treasurer (Principal           March 31, 1997
        Rene Lefebvre             Financial Officer)                  


BY: /S/ RAYMOND R. DOHERTY      President and Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 24, 1997
        Raymond R. Doherty                                            

  BY: /S/ DENNIS J. McMAHON     Vice President, Administration
- ------------------------------  (Principal Accounting Officer)   March 31, 1997
          Dennis J. Mcmahon                                           

BY: /S/ DOLLIE A. COLE          Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 26, 1997
        Dollie A. Cole                                                

BY: /S/ THOMAS M. McDOUGAL      Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 31, 1997
        Thomas M. McDougal                                            

BY: /S/ SAMUEL P. COOLEY        Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 24, 1997
        Samuel P. Cooley                                              

BY: /S/ JOSEPH A. BIERNAT       Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 31, 1997
         Joseph A. Biernat                                            

BY: /S/ J. KERMIT BIRCHFIELD    Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 31, 1997
        J. Kermit Birchfield                                          

BY: /S/ LOWELL P. WEICKER, JR.  Director
- ------------------------------                                   March 31, 1997
        Lowell P. Weicker, Jr.                                        
 
                                      II-6

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, HPSC, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                        HPSC, INC.

                                        BY: John W. Everets
                                            --------------------------
DATED: MARCH 31, 1997                       JOHN W. EVERETS
                                            CHAIRMAN, CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                            OFFICER AND DIRECTOR
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of HPSC, Inc.
and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<C>                              <S>                         <C>
          Name                             Title                    Date
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  -------------------

                                Chairman, Chief Executive
     BY: JOHN W. EVERETS          Officer and Director
- ------------------------------    (Principal Executive         March 31, 1997
         John W. Everets          Officer)                          

                                Vice President, Chief
      BY: RENE LEFEBVRE           Financial Officer and
- ------------------------------    Treasurer (Principal         March 31, 1997
          Rene Lefebvre           Financial Officer)                

    BY: RAYMOND R. DOHERTY      President and Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 24, 1997
        Raymond R. Doherty                                          

    BY: DENNIS J. MCMAHON       Vice President,
- ------------------------------    Administration (Principal    March 31, 1997
        Dennis J. Mcmahon         Accounting Officer)               

      BY: DOLLIE A. COLE        Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 26, 1997
          Dollie A. Cole                                            

    BY: THOMAS M. MCDOUGAL      Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 31, 1997
        Thomas M. McDougal                                          

     BY: SAMUEL P. COOLEY       Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 24, 1997
         Samuel P. Cooley                                          

    BY: JOSEPH A. BIERNAT       Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 31, 1997
        Joseph A. Biernat                                          

   BY: J. KERMIT BIRCHFIELD     Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 31, 1997
       J. Kermit Birchfield                                        

BY: /S/ LOWELL P. WEICKER, JR.  Director
- ------------------------------                                 March 31, 1997
      Lowell P. Weicker, Jr.                                        

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                              FIRST AMENDMENT
                       TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

    This FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT 
AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") dated as of March 26, 1997, by and among HPSC, 
Inc. (the "Borrower"), a Delaware corporation, American Commercial Finance 
Corporation ("ACFC"), a Delaware corporation, The First National Bank of 
Boston, Bank of America Illinois, NationsBank, N.A., CoreStates Bank, N.A., 
The Sumitomo Bank, Limited (collectively, the "Banks"), and The First 
National Bank of Boston as managing agent (the "Agent") for the Banks and 
NationsBank, N.A., as agent for the Banks. Capitalized terms used herein 
without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement 
(as defined below).

    WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Agent and the Banks are parties to that 
certain Second Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of 
December 12, 1996 (as amended, modified or supplemented and in effect from 
time to time, the "Credit Agreement");

    WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that certain terms and conditions of 
the Credit Agreement be amended and the Banks and the Agent have agreed to so 
amend the Credit Agreement;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises contained herein, and 
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of 
which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 


    1. Amendment to the Credit Agreement.

         1.1  Certain Definitions.  Section 1 of the Credit Agreement is 
hereby amended by adding the following definition of "Indenture" and deleting 
the definition of Subordinated Debt and inserting in lieu thereof the 
following definition of Subordinated Debt:

         "Indenture.  The Indenture between HPSC Inc. as Issuer and State 
         Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee entered into at the time 
         of issuance of up to $23,000,000 of Senior Subordinated Notes, 

<PAGE>

         which Indenture contains subordination provisions substantially in 
         the form of Exhibit K attached hereto."

         "Subordinated Debt.  The Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007 issued 
         by the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding 
         $23,000,000 which are expressly subordinated and made junior to the 
         payment and performance in full of the Obligations, and evidenced as 
         such by the Indenture."

         1.2  Amendment to Section 6 of the Credit Agreement.  Section 6 of 
the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting the following new Section 6.23.

         "6.23.  Subordinated Debt.  The Obligations constitute "Secured 
     Portfolio Debt" under the terms of the Indenture and are entitled to the 
     full benefit of the subordination provisions contained in Article XI of 
     the Indenture."

         1.3  Amendment to Section 8.4 of the Credit Agreement.  Section 8.4 
of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

         "8.4  Distributions.  The Borrower will not make any Distributions. 
     The Borrower will not permit ACFC to make any Distributions if a Default 
     or Event of Default exists at the time of the proposed Distribution." 

         1.4.  Amendment to Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement.  Section 8.8 
of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

         "8.8  Other Debt.  The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of 
     its Subsidiaries to, (a) amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms 
     of any Subordinated Debt or prepay, redeem or repurchase any 
     Subordinated Debt (other than, so long as no Default or Event of Default 
     exists or would result from any such repurchase, repurchases of 
     Subordinated Debt pursuant to Section 4.16 of the Indenture that do not 
     exceed (i) $250,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest), in the 
     aggregate with respect to all holders of Subordinated Debt, in any 
     calendar year or (ii) $25,000 in principal amount (plus accrued 
     interest), in the aggregate with respect to any single holder of 
     Subordinated Debt, in any calendar year) or (b) other than the Funding 
     Subsidiaries, prepay, redeem or repurchase Indebtedness outstanding 
     under the Funding Indenture, the Bravo Credit Agreement or the Sale 
     Agreements."

                                       2
<PAGE>

         1.5.  Amendment to Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.  Section 
12.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended so that paragraphs (j) and (q) read 
as follows:

              "(j)  the holders of all or any part of the Subordinated Debt 
         or Indebtedness under the Funding Indenture or Indebtedness under 
         the Bravo Facility Documents shall accelerate the maturity of all or 
         any part of such debt or such debt shall be prepaid, redeemed or 
         repurchased in whole or in part; provided, however, that (A) early 
         termination of the Funding Indenture by Funding I pursuant to the 
         terms thereof shall not constitute an acceleration by such holders; 
         (B) early termination of the Bravo Credit Agreement by Bravo 
         pursuant to the terms thereof shall not constitute an acceleration 
         by such holders; (C) payments by Bravo pursuant to Sections 2.05(b) 
         and 2.05(c) of the Purchase Agreement shall not constitute 
         prepayment of Indebtedness under the Bravo Credit Agreement; and (D) 
         repurchases of Subordinated Debt pursuant to Section 4.16 of the 
         Indenture that do not exceed (i) $250,000 in principal amount (plus 
         accrued interest) in the aggregate with respect to all holders of 
         Subordinated Debt in any calendar year or (ii) $25,000 in principal 
         amount (plus accrued interest) in the aggregate with respect to any 
         single holder of Subordinated Debt in any calendar year, shall not 
         constitute a Default or Event of Default pursuant to this subsection 
         12.1(j);"

              "(q)  any person or group of persons (within the meaning of 
         Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) 
         shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 
         13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under 
         said Act) of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the outstanding 
         shares of common stock of the Borrower or any "Change in Control" 
         shall occur under the terms of the Indenture;"

         1.6.  Amendment to Sections 12.1 and 12.2 of the Credit Agreement.  
Each of Section 12.1 (third to last line) and Section 12.2 (second line) are 
amended by adding a reference to "Section 12.1(q)" in addition to the existing 
reference to "Section 12.1(g), Section 12.1(h) and Section 12.1(j)."

     2. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Amendment shall not become 
effective unless and until:

    (a)  the Agent receives counterparts of this Amendment executed by each 
         of the Borrower, the Majority Banks, the Agent and ACFC; and

                                      3

<PAGE>

    (b)  each of the Banks and the Agent receives a favorable opinion 
         addressed to the Banks and the Agent, in form and substance 
         satisfactory to the Agent, from Hill & Barlow, counsel to the 
         Borrower and its Subsidiaries, confirming that the Obligations 
         constitute senior debt pursuant to the Indenture.

    (c)  all proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by 
         this Amendment and all documents incident hereto, shall be 
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent, and the Agent shall 
         have received all information and counterpart originals or certified 
         or other copies of such documents as the Agent may reasonably 
         request.

      3. Representations and Warranties; No Default. The Borrower represents 
and warrants to the Agent and the Banks that (a) each and every one of the 
representations and warranties made by the Borrower to the Agent and the 
Banks in Section 6 or elsewhere in the Credit Agreement or in the other Loan 
Documents, as amended by this Amendment, are true and correct in all material 
respects on and as of the date hereof except to the extent that any of such 
representations and warranties relate, by the express terms thereof, solely 
to a date prior hereto; (b) the Borrower has duly and properly performed, 
complied with and observed each of its covenants, agreements and obligations 
contained in Sections 7 and 8 or elsewhere in the Credit Agreement or the 
other Loan Documents, as amended by this Amendment; and (c) no event has 
occurred or is continuing and no condition exists which constitutes a Default 
or Event of Default.

     4. Ratification, Etc. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the 
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all documents, instruments 
and agreements related thereto, including, but not limited to the Security 
Documents, are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall 
continue in full force and effect.  The Borrower and ACFC confirm and agree 
that the Obligations of the Borrower to the Banks under the Loan Documents, 
as amended hereby, are secured by, guarantied under, and entitled to the 
benefits, of the Security Documents.  The Borrower, the Guarantor, the Agent 
and the Banks hereby acknowledge and agree that all references to the Credit 
Agreement and the Obligations thereunder contained in any of the Loan 
Documents shall be references to the Credit Agreement and the Obligations, as 
the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to 
time.  The Security Documents and the perfected first priority security 
interests of the Agent on behalf of the Banks thereunder shall continue in 
full force and effect, and the collateral security and guaranties provided 
for in the Security Documents shall not be impaired by this Amendment.  The 
Credit Agreement and this Amendment shall be read and construed as a single 
agreement.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     5. Miscellaneous. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Agent, on 
demand by the Agent, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred 
or sustained by the Agent in connection with the preparation of this 
Amendment and the documents referred to herein (including reasonable legal 
fees).  Nothing contained herein shall constitute a waiver of, impair or 
otherwise affect any Obligations, any other obligation of the Borrower or 
ACFC or any rights of the Agent or either of the Banks consequent thereon.  
This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which 
shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute one and the 
same instrument.  Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for 
convenience of reference only and shall not constitute part of this Amendment 
for any other purpose.  This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in 
accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without 
reference to conflict of laws). 

                                       5

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Amendment as 
a sealed instrument as of the date first set forth above.

                                  HPSC, INC.



                                  By:   /s/ Rene LeFebvre
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Rene LeFebvre
                                       Title:  CFO

                                  THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK
                                    OF BOSTON, individually and
                                     as Agent


                                  By:   /s/ Roberta F. Keeler
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Roberta F. Keeler
                                       Title:  Vice President


                                  BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS


                                  By:   /s/ Nelson D. Albrecht
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Nelson D. Albrecht
                                       Title:  Vice President


                                  NATIONSBANK, N.A.


                                  By:   /s/ Roger A. Lee
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Roger A. Lee
                                       Title:  Vice President


                                       6

<PAGE>

                                  CORESTATES BANK, N.A.


                                  By:   /s/ Verna R. Prentice
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Verna R. Prentice
                                       Title:  Vice President



                                  THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                  By:   /s/ D.G. Eastman
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   D.G. Eastman
                                       Title:  Vice President & Manager


                                  By:   /s/ Alfred DeGemmis
                                      -------------------------------------
                                       Name:   Alfred DeGemmis
                                       Title:  Vice President


Agreed to by the undersigned:

AMERICAN COMMERCIAL
  FINANCE CORPORATION

        By:  /s/ John W. Everets
           --------------------------

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit K



                         Part I: SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS

                         Part II: Definitions

<PAGE>



                         Part I: Subordination Provisions


<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XI

                         SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

     SECTION 11.1. Securities Subordinated to Secured Portfolio Debt.

     The Company and each Securityholder, by its acceptance of Securities, 
agree that (a) the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities 
and (b) any other payment or obligations in respect of the Securities, 
including on account of the acquisition or redemption of the Securities by 
the Company (including, without limitation, pursuant to Articles III or X) is 
subordinated, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XI, to 
the prior payment in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents of all Secured 
Portfolio Debt of the Company and that these subordination provisions are 
for the benefit of the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt.

     This Article XI shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who, 
in reliance upon such provisions, become holders of, or continue to hold, 
Secured Portfolio Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt, and such holders are made obligees 
hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions.

     The Securities shall in all respects rank (i) pari passu with all other 
unsecured Funded Recourse Debt of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date 
and (ii) senior to any Funded Recourse Debt of the Company issued after the 
Issue Date, and only Indebtedness of the Company which is Secured Portfolio 
Debt shall rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions 
set forth herein. 

     SECTION 11.2. No Payment on Securities in Certain Circumstances.

          (a) No payment (by set-off or otherwise) shall be made by or on 
behalf of the Company, as applicable, on account of the principal of, 
premium, if any, or interest on the Securities (including any repurchases of 
Securities), or on account of the redemption provisions of the Securities or 
any obligation in respect of the Securities, for Cash or property, (i) upon 
the maturity of any Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company, as applicable, by 
lapse of time, acceleration (unless waived) or otherwise, unless and until 
all principal of and the interest on such Secured Portfolio Debt are first 
paid in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents, or (ii) in the event of default in 
the payment of any principal or interest on or fee in respect of Secured 
Portfolio Debt of the Company when it becomes due and payable, whether at 

                                    74

<PAGE>

maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise (a 
"Payment Default"), unless and until such Payment Default has been cured or 
waived or otherwise has ceased to exist; provided that the Company may pay 
the Securities without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee 
receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the 
Designated Secured Portfolio Debt with respect to which such payment default 
has occurred and is continuing.

     (b) In furtherance of the provisions of Section 11.1, in the event that, 
notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.2, any payment or 
distribution of assets of the Company shall be received by the Trustee or the 
Securityholders at a time when such payment or distribution is prohibited by 
the provisions of this Section 11.2, such payment or distribution shall be 
held in trust for the benefit of the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt, 
and shall be paid or delivered by the Trustee or such Securityholders, as the 
case may be, to the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid 
or to their Representative or Representatives, ratably according to the 
aggregate principal amounts remaining unpaid on account of such Secured 
Portfolio Debt held or represented by each, for application to the payment of 
all such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to 
pay all such Secured Portfolio Debt in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents after 
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of 
such Secured Portfolio Debt.

     SECTION 11.3. Securities Subordinated to Prior Payments of All Secured 
Portfolio Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization.

     Upon any distribution of assets of the Company or upon any dissolution, 
winding up, total or partial liquidation or reorganization of the Company, 
whether voluntary or involuntary, in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or 
a similar proceeding or upon assignment for the benefit of creditors or any 
marshalling of assets or liabilities:

     (a) the holders of all Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company, as 
applicable, will first be entitled to receive payment in full in Cash or Cash 
Equivalents before the Securityholders are entitled to receive any payment on 
account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities 
or any obligation in respect of the Securities;

     (b) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or 
character from any source, whether in Cash, property or securities to which 
the Securityholders or the Trustee on behalf of the Securityholders would be 
entitled (by set-off or otherwise), except for the provisions of this Article 
XI, shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making 
such a payment or distribution directly to the holders of such Secured 
Portfolio Debt or their Representative to the extent necessary to make 
payment in full on all such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid, after 
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of 
such Secured Portfolio Debt; and

                                    75

<PAGE>

     (c) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or 
distribution of assets of the Company shall be received by the Trustee or the 
Securityholders at a time when such payment or distribution is prohibited by 
the foregoing provisions, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust 
for the benefit of the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt, and shall be 
paid or delivered by the Trustee or such Securityholders, as the case may be, 
to the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid or to their 
Representative or Representatives ratably according to the aggregate 
principal amounts remaining unpaid on account of such Secured Portfolio Debt 
held or represented by each, for application to the payment of all such 
Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to pay all 
such Secured Portfolio Debt in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents after giving 
effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such 
Secured Portfolio Debt.

     SECTION 11.4. Securityholders to Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of 
Secured Portfolio Debt.

     Subject to the payment in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents of all 
Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company as provided herein, the Securityholders 
shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Secured Portfolio 
Debt to receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable 
to the Secured Portfolio Debt until all amounts owing on the Securities shall 
be paid in full, and for the purpose of such subrogation no such payments or 
distributions to the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt by or on behalf 
of the Company, or by or on behalf of the Securityholders by virtue of this 
Article XI, which otherwise would have been made to the Securityholders 
shall, as between the Company or on account of such Secured Portfolio Debt, 
it being understood that the provisions of this Article XI are and are 
intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the 
Securityholders, on the one hand, and the holders of such Senior Debt, on the 
other hand.

     If any payment or distribution to which the Securityholders would 
otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this Article XI shall 
have been applied and the Securityholders, be deemed to be payment by the 
Company pursuant to the provisions of this Article XI, to the payment of 
amounts payable under Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company, then the 
Securityholders shall be entitled to receive from the holders of such Secured 
Portfolio Debt any payments or distributions received by such holders of 
Secured Portfolio Debt in excess of the amount sufficient to pay all amounts 
payable under or in respect of such Secured Portfolio Debt in full in Cash or 
Cash Equivalents.

     SECTION 11.5. Obligations of the Company Unconditional.

                                         76

<PAGE>

     Nothing contained in this Article XI or elsewhere in this Indenture or 
in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company and 
the Securityholders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and 
unconditional, to pay to the Securityholders the principal of, premium, if 
any, and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and 
payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the 
relative rights of the Securityholders and creditors of the Company other 
than the holders of the Secured Portfolio Debt, nor shall anything herein or 
therein prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising all 
remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this 
Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XI, of the 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt in respect of Cash, property or securities 
of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Notwithstanding 
anything to the contrary in this Article XI or elsewhere in this Indenture or 
in the Securities, upon any distribution of assets of the Company referred to 
in this Article XI, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.1 
and 7.2, and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or 
decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such dissolution, 
winding up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a 
certificate of the liquidating Trustee or agent or other Person making any 
distribution to the Trustee or the Securityholders for the purpose of 
ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the 
holders of the Secured Portfolio Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, 
the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or 
distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 
XI so long as such court has been apprised of the provisions of, or the 
order, decree or certificate makes reference to, the provisions of this 
Article XI. Nothing in this Section 11.5 shall apply to the claims of, or 
payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7.

     SECTION 11.6. Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited in 
Absence of Notice.

     The Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the 
existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or 
by the Trustee unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee or any Paying 
Agent shall have received, no later than one Business Day prior to such 
payment, written notice thereof from the Company or from one or more holders 
of Secured Portfolio Debt or from any Representative therefor and, prior to 
the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the 
provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2, shall be entitled in all respects 
conclusively to assume that no such fact exists.

     SECTION 11.7. Application by Trustee of Assets Deposited with It.

     Amounts deposited by the Company in trust with the Trustee pursuant to 
and in accordance with Article VIII shall be for the sole benefit of 

                                  77

<PAGE>

Securityholders and, to the extent (i) the making of such deposit did not, or 
after giving effect to such deposit does not, result in any contravention of 
any term or provision of the Revolver Agreement and (ii) allocated for the 
payment of Securities, shall not be subject to the subordination provisions 
of this Article XI. Otherwise, any deposit of assets with the Trustee or the 
Paying Agent (whether or not in trust) for the payment of principal of or 
interest on any Securities shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 
11.1, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4; provided that, if prior to one Business Day 
preceding the date on which by the terms of this Indenture any such assets 
may become distributable for any purpose (including without limitation, the 
payment of either principal of or interest on any Security) the Trustee or 
such Paying Agent shall not have received with respect to such assets the 
written notice provided for in Section 11.6, then the Trustee or such Paying 
Agent shall have full power and authority to receive such assets and to apply 
the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be 
affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or 
after such date.

     SECTION 11.8. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of 
the Company or Holders of Secured Portfolio Debt.

     No right of any present or future holders of any Secured Portfolio Debt 
to enforce subordination provisions contained in this Article XI shall at any 
time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the 
part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any 
such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms of this 
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have 
or be otherwise charged with. The holders of Secured Portfolio Debt may 
extend, renew, modify or amend the terms of the Secured Portfolio Debt or any 
security therefor and release; sell or exchange such security and otherwise 
deal freely with the Company, all without affecting the liabilities and 
obligations of the parties to this Indenture or the Securityholders.

     SECTION 11.9. Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate 
Subordination of Securities.

     Each Securityholder by his acceptance thereof authorizes and expressly 
directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or 
appropriate to effectuate the subordination provisions contained in this 
Article XI and to protect the rights of the Securityholders pursuant to this 
Indenture, and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose, 
including, in the event of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or 
reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or 
receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors 
or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company), the 
immediate filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of his Securities in the 
form required in said proceedings and cause said claim to be approved. If the 

                                      78

<PAGE>

Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in 
such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file 
such claim or claims, then the holders of the Secured Portfolio Debt or their 
representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and are 
or is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the 
Securityholders. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the 
Trustee or the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt or their Representative to 
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder 
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting 
the Securities or the rights of any Securityholder thereof, or to authorize 
the Trustee or the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt or their Representative 
to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

     SECTION 11.10. Right of Trustee to Hold Secured Portfolio Debt.

     The Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this 
Article XI in respect of any Secured Portfolio Debt at any time held by it to 
the same extent as any other holder of Secured Portfolio Debt, and nothing in 
this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights 
as such holder.

     SECTION 11.11. Article XI Not to Prevent Events of Default.

     The failure to make a payment on account of principal of, premium, if 
any, or interest on the Securities by reason of any provision of this Article 
XI shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default or an 
Event of Default under Section 6.1 or in any way limit the rights of the 
Trustee or any Securityholder to pursue any other rights or remedies with 
respect to the Securities.

     SECTION 11.12. No Fiduciary Duty of Trustee to Holders of Secured Port-
folio Debt.

     The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders 
of Secured Portfolio Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders (other 
than for its willful misconduct or negligence) if it shall in good faith 
mistakenly pay over or distribute to the Securityholders of the Securities or 
the Company or any other Person, Cash, property or securities to which any 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 
XI or otherwise. Nothing in this Section 11.12 shall affect the obligation of 
any other such Person to hold such payment for the benefit of, and to pay 
such payment over to, the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt or their 
Representative. In the event of any conflict between the fiduciary duty of 
the Trustee to the Holders of Securities and to the holders of Secured 
Portfolio Debt, the Trustee is expressly authorized to resolve such conflict 
in favor of the Securityholders.

     SECTION 11.13. Acceleration of Payment of Securities.

                                    79

<PAGE>

     If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of 
Default, the Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated 
Secured Portfolio Debt (or their Representative) of the acceleration. If any 
Designated Secured Portfolio Debt is outstanding, the Company may not pay the 
Securities until five days after such holders or the Representative of the 
Designated Secured Portfolio Debt receive notice of such acceleration and, 
thereafter, may pay the Securities only if this Article XI otherwise permits 
payment at that time.

                                    80

<PAGE>

Part II: Definitions

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1.1 Definitions.

     "Acceleration Notice" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

     "Acquired Recourse Debt" means Funded Recourse Debt or Disqualified 
Capital Stock of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a 
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged or consolidated into or with the 
Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

     "Acquistion" means the purchase or other acquisition of any Person or 
substantially all the assets of any Person by any other Person, whether by 
purchase, merger, consolidation or other transfer, and whether or not for 
consideration.

     "Affiliate" means any Person directly or indirectly controlling or 
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company. 
For purposes of this definition, the term "control" means the power to direct 
the management and policies of a Person, directly or through one or more 
intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by 
contract or otherwise, provided that a beneficial owner of 10% or more of the 
total voting power normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, 
managers or trustees, as applicable, shall for such purposes be deemed to 
constitute control.

     "Affiliate Transaction" shall have the meaning specified in Section 
4.10.

     "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-Registrar.

     "Attributable Indebtedness" means, with respect to any particular 
lease under which any Person is at the time liable and at any date as of 
which the amount thereof is to be determined, the present value of the total 
net amount of rent required to be paid by such Person under the lease during 
the primary term thereof, without giving effect to any renewals at the option 
of the lessee, discounted from the respective due dates thereof to such date 
at the rate of interest per annum implicit in the terms of the lease. As used 

                                       1

<PAGE>

in the preceding sentence, the net amount of rent under any lease for any 
such period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be 
paid with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder excluding any 
amounts required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and 
repairs, insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In 
the case of any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon payment of a 
penalty, such net amount of rent shall also include the amount of such 
penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such 
lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

     "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to 
any security or instrument, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of 
the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the 
date or dates of each successive scheduled principal (or redemption) payment 
of such security or instrument and (b) the amount of each such respective 
principal (or redemption) payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal (or 
redemption) payments.

     "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, 
state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

     "Beneficial Owner," for purposes of the definition of Change of 
Control, has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the 
Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether or not applicable, 
except that a "person" (as such term is used for purposes of such Rules) 
shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that such 
person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable 
immediately or only after the passage of time.

     "Board of Directors" means, with respect to any Person, the Board of 
Directors of such Person or any committee of the Board of Directors of such 
Person authorized, with respect to any particular matter, to exercise the 
power of the Board of Directors of such Person. With respect to any Person 
that is not organized as a corporation, "Board of Directors" shall refer to 
the entity or entities having similar powers.

     "Board Resolution" means, with respect to any Person, a duly adopted 
resolution of the Board of Directors of such Person.

     "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and 
Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York 
or the city in which the principal office of the Trustee is located are 
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

    "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means rental obligations under a lease 
that are required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in 
accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such 
obligations shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations, as 
determined in accordance with GAAP.

                                       2

<PAGE>


     "Capital Stock" means, (i) with respect to any Person formed as a 
corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase (other than 
convertible or exchangeable Indebtedness), warrants, options, participations 
or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in stock issued by 
that corporation and (ii) with respect to any Person formed other than as a 
corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

     "Cash" means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at 
the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and 
private debts.

     "Cash Equivalent" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully 
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or 
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the 
United States of America is pledged in support thereof) maturing within one 
year after the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits, certificates of 
deposit, bankers' acceptances and commercial paper issued by the parent 
corporation of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having 
capital and surplus in excess of $1 billion, (iii) commercial paper issued by 
any other issuer which is rated in the case of commercial paper which matures 
one year or more after the date of acquisition, at least A-1 or the 
equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or at least P-1 
or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), (iv) 
securities commonly known as "short-term bank notes" issued by any commercial 
bank denominated in U.S. Dollars which at the time of purchase is rated at 
least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent 
thereof by Moody's, (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 
seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (i) 
and (ii) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the 
qualifications specified in clause (ii) above and (vi) shares of any money 
market fund, or similar fund, in each case having assets in excess of $1 
billion, which invests predominantly in investments of the type described in 
clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above.

     "Change of Control" means (i) any sale, merger or consolidation with or 
into any Person or any transfer or other conveyance, whether direct or 
indirect, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, on a 
consolidated basis, in one transaction or in a series of related 
transactions, if, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, any 
"person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) 
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable) is or becomes the 
"beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total 
voting power in the aggregate normally entitled to vote in the election of 
directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of the transferee or 
surviving entity, (ii) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used for 
purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not 
applicable) is or becomes the "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of 
more than 50% of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of 
Capital Stock of the Company then outstanding normally entitled to vote in 
elections of directors or (iii)

                                       3

<PAGE>

during any period of 12 consecutive months after the Issue Date, individuals 
who at the beginning of any such 12-month period constituted the Board of 
Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by 
such Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the 
Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in 
office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose 
election, recommendation, or nomination for election was previously so 
approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of 
Directors of the Company then in office.

     "Change of Control Offer" shall have the meaning specified in Section 
10.1.

     "Change of Control Offer Period" shall have the meaning specified in 
Section 10.1.

     "Change of Control Purchase Date" shall have the meaning specified in 
Section 10.1.

     "Change of Control Purchase Price" shall have the meaning specified in 
Section 10.1.

     "Change of Control Put Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 
10.1.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Company" means HPSC, Inc., a Delaware corporation, until a successor 
replaces it pursuant to this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor.

     "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any period, 
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period adjusted to add 
thereto (to the extent deducted from net revenues in determining Consolidated 
Net Income), without duplication, the sum of (i) consolidated income tax 
expense for such period, (ii) consolidated depreciation and amortization 
expense for such period, (iii) non-cash charges of such Person and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period less the amount of all cash 
payments made during such period to the extent such payments relate to 
non-cash charges that were added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA for 
such period, (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period and (v) to 
the extent not excluded from the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for 
such period, losses (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with 
GAAP) which are either extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) 
or are unusual or nonrecurring.

     "Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" of any Person on any date of 
determination (the "Transaction Date") means the ratio, on a pro forma basis, 
of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person 
attributable to continuing operations and businesses (exclusive of amounts, 
whether positive or negative, 

                                       4

<PAGE>

attributable to operations and businesses permanently discontinued or 
disposed of) for the Reference Period to (b) the aggregate Consolidated 
Interest Expense of such Person (exclusive of amounts attributable to 
operations and businesses permanently discontinued or disposed of, but only 
to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Consolidated Interest 
Expense would no longer be obligations contributing to such Person's 
Consolidated Interest Expense subsequent to the Transaction Date) during the 
Reference Period; provided, that for purposes of such calculation, (i) 
Acquisitions which occurred during the Reference Period or subsequent to the 
Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date (including any 
Consolidated EBITDA associated with such Acquisition) shall be assumed to 
have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (ii) transactions 
giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio 
shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, 
(iii) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness or issuance of any 
Disqualified Capital Stock during the Reference Period or subsequent to the 
Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date (and the application 
of the proceeds therefrom to the extent used to refinance or retire other 
Indebtedness), other than under a revolving credit or similar facility to the 
extent that the proceeds were used to finance working capital requirements in 
the ordinary course of business, shall be assumed to have occurred on the 
first day of such Reference Period and (iv) the Consolidated Interest Expense 
of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness or dividends on 
any Disqualified Capital Stock bearing a floating interest (or dividend) rate 
shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the rate in effect on the 
Transaction Date had been the applicable rate of the entire period, unless 
such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a Hedging and Interest 
Swap Obligation (which shall remain in effect for the 12-month period 
immediately following the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the 
interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether 
higher or lower) shall be used.

     "Consolidated Interest Expense" of any Person means, for any period, the 
aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in 
accordance with GAAP) of (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, 
or scheduled to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the 
following sentence, interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) 
of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, 
including (i) original issue discount and noncash interest payments or 
accruals on any Indebtedness, (ii) the interest portion of all deferred 
payment obligations and (iii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and 
charges owed with respect to bankers' acceptances and letters of credit 
financing and currency and Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations, in each 
case to the extent attributable to such period and (b) the amount of 
dividends accrued or payable (other than in additional shares of such 
Preferred Stock) by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in 
respect of Preferred Stock (other than by Subsidiaries of such Person to such 
Person or such Person's Consolidated Subsidiaries). For purposes of this 
definition, (x) interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to 
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the 
rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance 
with GAAP, (y) interest expense attributable to any

                                       5

<PAGE>


Indebtedness represented by the guaranty by such Person or a Subsidiary of 
such Person of an obligation of another Person shall be deemed to be the 
interest expense attributable to the Indebtedness guaranteed, and (z) 
dividends in respect of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be an amount equal 
to the actual dividends paid divided by one minus the applicable actual 
combined Federal, state, local and foreign income tax rate of the Company and 
its Consolidated Subsidiaries (expressed as a decimal).

   "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any 
period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Consolidated 
Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) for 
such period, (i) adjusted to exclude (only to the extent included in 
computing such net income (or loss) and without duplication); (a) net gains 
(but not net losses) from the sale, lease, transfer or other dispositions of 
assets or property not in the ordinary course of business; (b) net gains (but 
not net losses) which are either extraordinary (as determined in accordance 
with GAAP) or are either unusual or nonrecurring, (c) the net income, if 
positive, of any other Person accounted for by the equity method of 
accounting, except to the extent of the amount of any dividends or 
distributions actually paid in cash to such Person or a Consolidated 
Subsidiary of such Person during such period, but in any case not in excess 
of such Person's pro rata share of such Person's net income for such period, 
(d) the net income, if positive, of any Person acquired in a pooling- 
of-interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such 
acquisition, (e) the net income, if positive, of any of such Person's 
Consolidated Subsidiaries in the event and solely to the extent that the 
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions is not at the 
time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or bylaws or any 
other agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or 
governmental regulation applicable to such Consolidated Subsidiary, (f) all 
gains (but not losses) from currency exchange transactions not in the 
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (g) any 
non-cash expense determined in accordance with GAAP in connection with a 
transaction between the Company and the ESOP; and (ii) adjusted to include 
the amount of any dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to such 
Person or a Consolidated Subsidiary of such Person by an Unrestricted 
Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed such Person's pro rata share of such 
Unrestricted Subsidiary's net income.

   "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person at any date means the aggregate 
consolidated stockholders' equity of such Person (plus amounts of equity 
attributable to Preferred Stock) and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as would 
be shown on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person prepared in 
accordance with GAAP, adjusted to exclude (to the extent included in 
calculating such equity), (a) the amount of any such stockholders' equity 
attributable to Disqualified Capital Stock or treasury stock of such Person 
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) all upward revaluations and other 
write-ups in the book value of any asset of such Person or a Consolidated 
Subsidiary of such Person subsequent to the Issue Date and (c) all 
investments in Subsidiaries that are not Consolidated Subsidiaries and in 
Persons that are not Subsidiaries.

                                       6

<PAGE>

    "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any Person, each Subsidiary of such 
Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial 
statements of which are consolidated for financial statement reporting 
purposes with the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.
 
    "Customer" means any Person for whom the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries finances property, equipment, goods, leasehold improvements or 
working capital requirements.

     "Customer Receivable" means any obligation of any kind or nature, 
however denominated, to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) incurred 
by Customers in the ordinary course of the respective business of the Company 
and its Subsidiaries or (ii) arising from the purchase or acquisition by the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any lease, promissory note, account 
receivable, loan or similar financial arrangement, or any right or asset 
reasonably related to any of the foregoing.

    "Covenant Defeasance" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3.

    "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, 
sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

    "Default" means any event or condition that is, or after notice or 
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

    "Defaulted Interest" shall hae the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

    "Definitive Securities" means Securities that are in the form of Security 
attached hereto as Exhibit A that do not include the information called for 
by footnotes 1 and 2 thereof.

    "Depository" means, with respect to the Securities issuable or issued in 
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 as the 
Depository with respect to the Securities, until a successor shall have been 
appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this 
Indenture, and, thereafter. "Depository" shall mean or include such successor.

    "Designated Secured Portfolio Debt" means (a) the Indebtedness under the 
Revolver Agreement and (b) any other Secured Portfolio Debt which (i) at the 
date of determination has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or 
under which at the date of determination the holders thereof are committed to 
lend up to, at least $10,000,000 and (ii) is specifically designated by the 
Company in the instrument governing such Secured Portfolio Debt as 
"Designated Secured Portfolio Debt" for purposes of this Indenture.

                                       7

<PAGE>

     "Disqualified Capital Stock" means (a) except as set forth in (b), with 
respect to any Person, Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms or by 
the terms of any security into which it is then convertible, exercisable or 
exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event or the passage of time 
would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased (including at the option of 
the holder thereof) by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in whole or in 
part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities and (b) with 
respect to any Subsidiary of any Person (including with respect to any 
Subsidiary of the Company), any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than 
any common stock with no preference, privileges, or redemption or repayment 
provisions.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

     "ESOP" means, collectively, the HPSC, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan 
and the Supplemental HPSC, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and any 
successor employee stock ownership plans having terms similar to the 
foregoing plans, as amended from time to time by a resolution of the Board of 
Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.

     "Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1.

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

     "Exempted Affiliate Transaction" means (a) transactions solely between 
the Company and any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or solely among 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Company, (b) transactions permitted under 
Section 4.3 hereof, (c) customary employee compensation arrangements approved 
by a majority of independent (as to such transactions) members of the Board 
of Directors of the Company, (d) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, 
and indemnities to, and directors and officers and ERISA-based fiduciary 
liability insurance provided on behalf of, officers, directors, agents or 
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the ESOP or any 
trustee thereof, in each case in the ordinary course of business and as 
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (e) any 
guaranty by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness of the 
Company and/or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (but not of any 
other Person).

     "Funded Recourse Debt" means, without duplication, any Indebtedness of 
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures at or 
is extendible or renewable at the sole option of the obligor without 
requiring the consent of the obligee to a date more than one year after the 
date of the creation or incurrence of such obligation; provided that Funded 
Recourse Debt shall not include any Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Company 
or any Subsidiary of the Company.

                                       8

<PAGE>

     "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles set 
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board 
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and 
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other 
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the 
accounting profession as in effect on the Issue Date.

     "Global Security" means a Security that contains the paragraph referred 
to in footnote 1 and the additional schedule referred to in footnote 2 to the 
form of Security attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     "Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations" means, with respect to any 
Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap 
agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements 
and (ii) other agreements or agreements designed to protect such Person 
against fluctuations in interest rates.

     "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name a Security 
is registered on the Registrar's book or, for purposes of Section 4.16, the 
beneficial owner of Securities held in global form.

     "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication: (a) all 
liabilities and obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person, (i) 
in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to 
the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), (ii) 
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (iii) 
representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any 
property or services, except (other than accounts payable or other 
obligations to trade creditors which have remained unpaid for greater than 90 
days past their original due date unless contested in good faith) those 
incurred in the ordinary course of its business that would constitute 
ordinarily a trade payable to creditors, (iv) evidenced by bankers' 
acceptances or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks, (v) for the 
payment of money relating to a Capitalized Lease Obligation, or (vi) 
evidenced by a letter of credit or a reimbursement obligation of such Person 
with respect to any letter of credit; (b) all net obligations of such Person 
under Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations; (c) all liabilities and 
obligations of others of the kind described in the preceding clauses (a) or 
(b) that such Person has guaranteed or that is otherwise legal liability or 
which are secured by any assets or property of such Person; and (d) all 
immediately enforceable obligations to purchase, redeem or acquire any 
Capital Stock of such Person (other than, in the case of the Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries, obligations under the Restricted Stock Plans or the 
Stock Options Plans).

     "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to 
time in accordance with the terms hereof.

     "Independent Committee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

                                       9

<PAGE>

     "Interest Payment Date" means the stated due date of an installment of 
interest on the Securities.

     "Investment" by any person in any other person means (without 
duplication): (a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation 
or otherwise) by such Person (whether for cash, property, services, 
securities or otherwise) of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures, 
partnership or other ownership interests or other securities, including any 
options or warrants, of such other Person or any agreement to make any such 
acquisition; (b) the making by such Person of any deposit with, or advance, 
loan or other extension of credit to, such other Person (including the 
purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or 
agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such other 
Person) or any commitment to make any such advance, loan or extension (but 
excluding accounts receivable or deposits arising in the ordinary course of 
business); (c) other than guarantees of Indebtedness of the company to the 
extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, the entering into by such Person of 
any guarantee of, or other credit support or contingent obligation with 
respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of such other Person; and (d) the 
making of any capital contribution by such Person to such other Person.

     "Issue Date" means the date of first issuance of the Securities under 
this Indenture.

     "Legal Defeasance" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2.

     "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, or 
other encumbrance of any kind, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise 
perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title 
retention agreement and any lease deemed to constitute a security interest 
and any option or other agreement to give any security interest).

     "Maturity Date" means, when used with respect to any Security, the date 
specified on such Security as the fixed date on which the final installment 
of principal of such Security is due and payable (in the absence of any 
acceleration thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture regarding 
acceleration of Indebtedness or any redemption thereof pursuant to Article 
III of this Indenture, or any Change of Control Offer or repurchase upon the 
death of the Holder of such Security).

     "Net Cash Proceeds" means the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash 
Equivalents received by the company in the case of a sale of Qualified 
Capital Stock plus, in the case of an issuance of Qualified Capital Stock 
upon any exercise, exchange or conversion of securities (including options, 
warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable debt) of the Company that 
were issued for cash on or after the Issue Date, the amount of cash 
originally received by the Company upon the issuance of such securities 
(including

                                      10

<PAGE>

options, warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable debt) less, in each 
case, the sum of all payments, fees, commissions and reasonable and 
customary) expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of 
legal counsel and investment banking fees and expenses) incurred in 
connection with such sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

     "Non-Receivable Asset" means any asset, property or right of the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any Customer Receivable, or asset 
related to such Customer Receivable, such as inventory, records, intellectual 
property and proceeds of Customer Receivables.

     "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or that portion of 
Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries 
(a) provide credit support (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument
which would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable or 
(c) constitutes the lender and (ii) with respect to which no default would 
permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other 
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary to declare a default on such 
other Indebtedness or cause the payment therefor to be accelerated or payable 
prior to its stated maturity.

     "Notice of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1(4).

     "Obligation" means any principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, 
reimbursements, damages, indemnification and other liabilities relating to 
obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture.

     "Officer" means, with respect to the Company, the Chief Executive 
Officer, the President, any Executive or Senior Vice President, the Chief 
Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, or the Secretary of the 
Company.

     "Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to the Company, a 
certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant 
Secretary of the Company and otherwise complying with the requirements of 
Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

     "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is 
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee complying with the requirements of 
Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

     "Outstanding" as used with reference to the Securities shall have the 
meaning specified in Section 2.8.

     "Paying Agent" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

     "Permitted Lien" means any of the following:

                                      11

<PAGE>


     (a)  Liens existing on the Issue Date;

     (b)  Liens imposed by governmental authorities for taxes, assessments or 
          other charges not yet subject to penalty or which are being 
          converted in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, if adequate 
          reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the 
          Company in accordance with GAAP;

     (c)  Statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, 
          landlords, repairmen or other like Liens arising by operation of 
          law in the ordinary course of business provided that (i) the 
          underlying obligations are not overdue for a period of more than 30 
          days or (ii) such Liens are being contested in good faith and by 
          appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves with respect thereto 
          are maintained on the books of the Company in accordance with GAAP;

     (d)  Liens securing the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than 
          for borrowed money), leases statutory obligations, surety and 
          appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like 
          nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (e)  Easements, rights-of-way, zoning, similar restrictions and other 
          similar encumbrances or title effects which, singly or in the 
          aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from the value of 
          the property subject thereto (as such property is used by the 
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or interfere with the ordinary 
          conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

     (f)  Liens arising by operation of law in connection with judgments, only 
          to the extent, for an amount and for a period not resulting in an 
          Event of Default with respect thereto;

     (g)  Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in 
          connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and 
          other types of social security legislation;

     (h)  Liens on the property or assets of a Person existing at the time 
          such person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged with or into the 
          Company or a Subsidiary, provided in each case that such Liens were 
          in existence prior to the date of such acquisition, merger or 
          consolidation were not incurred in anticipation therof and do not 
          extend to any other assets;

     (i)  Liens on property or assets existing at the time of the acquisition 
          thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that 
          such Liens were

                                      12

<PAGE>

          in existence prior to the date of such acquisition and were not 
          incurred in anticipation thereof;

     (j)  Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any 
          Indebtedness that was previously so secured in a manner no more 
          adverse to the Holders of the Securities than the terms of the 
          Liens securing such refinanced Indebtedness;

     (k)  Liens securing Portfolio Debt;

     (l)  Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease 
          Obligations permitted to be incurred under clause (c) of the 
          definition of "Permitted Recourse Debt";

     (m)  Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and 

     (n)  Liens securing the Securities.

"Permitted Recourse Debt" means any of the following:

     (a)  Indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Securities pursuant to 
          this Indenture up to the amounts specified herein as of the Issue 
          Date;

     (b)  Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Revolver 
          Agreement (including any Indebtedness issued to refinance, refund 
          or replace such Indebtedness in whole or in part, including any 
          extended maturity or increase in the amount thereof);

     (c)  Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in addition to 
          Indebtedness permitted by any other clause of this definition) in 
          an aggregate amount outstanding at any time (including any 
          Indebtedness issued to refinance, replace or refund such 
          Indebtedness in whole or in part) of up to $1,500,000;

     (d)  Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
          incurred with respect to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital 
          Stock, as applicable, described in clause (ii) of the proviso 
          contained in Section 4.11 or described in clause (e) of this 
          definition of "Permitted Recourse Debt";

     (e)  Indebtedness of the Company owed to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, 
          and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company owed to any other 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or to the Company; provided that any such 
          obligations of the Company owed to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of 
          the Company shall be unsecured and subordinated in all respects to 
          the 

                                      13

<PAGE>

          Company's obligations pursuant to the Securities; and, provided, 
          further, that if any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ceases to be a 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company or if the Company or any 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary transfers such Indebtedness to any Person 
          (other than to the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary), 
          such events, in each case, shall constitute the incurrence of such 
          Indebtedness by the Company or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, as the 
          case may be, at the time of such event;

     (f)  Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries existing on the 
          Issue Date;

     (g)  Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred solely in 
          respect of bankers acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds and 
          performance bonds (in each case to the extent that such incurrence 
          does not result in the incurrence of any obligation for the payment 
          of borrowed money of others) issued (i) in connection with the 
          incurrence or refinancing of Secured Portfolio Debt and (ii) in the 
          ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

     (h)  Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries represented by 
          Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary 
          course of business consistent with past practice and related to 
          Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries otherwise 
          permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture; and

     (i)  Secured Portfolio Debt.

     "Person" or "person" means any corporation, individual, limited 
liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, 
unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or 
political subdivision thereof, trust, municipality or other entity.

     "Principal" of any Indebtedness means the principal of such Indebtedness 
plus, without duplication, any applicable premium, if any, on such 
Indebtedness.

     "Pro Rata Portion" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(d).

     "Property" means any right or interest in or to property or assets of 
any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or 
intangible.

     "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or its 
Subsidiaries to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred in 
connection with the acquisition of specialized assets and property (the 
"Subject Assets") for the business of the

                                      14

<PAGE>

Company or its Subsidiaries, including Indebtedness which existed at the time 
of the acquisition of such Subject Asset and was assumed in connection 
therewith, and (ii) the Liens securing such Indebtedness are limited to the 
Subject Asset.

    "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock of the Company that is 
not Disqualified Capital Stock.

    "Qualified Exchange" means any legal defeasance, redemption, retirement, 
repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock or Subordinated 
Indebtedness of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date with the Net 
Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the substantially concurrent 
(i.e., within 60 days) sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or 
the ESOP) of Qualified Capital Stock or any issuance of Qualified Capital 
Stock in exchange for any Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness issued 
on or after the Issue Date.

    "Record Date" means a Record Date specified in the Securities whether or 
not such Record Date is a Business Day.

    "Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be 
redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to Article III 
of this Indenture and Paragraph 5 of such Security.

    "Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security to be 
redeemed, means the redemption price for such redemption pursuant to 
Paragraph 5 of such Security, which shall include, without duplication, in 
each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

    "Reference Period" with regard to any Person means the four full fiscal 
quarters (or such lesser period during which such Person has been in 
existence) of such Person ended immediately preceding any date upon which 
any determination is to be made pursuant to the terms of the Securities or 
this Indenture.

    "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital 
Stock (a) issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale 
of which are used substantially concurrently to repay, redeem, defease, 
refund, refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in 
part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to, or a 
deferral or renewal of (each of (a) and (b) above is a "Refinancing"), any 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock in a principal amount or, in the 
case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, not to exceed 
(after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in 
connection with the Refinancing) the lesser of (i) the principal amount or, 
in the case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, of the 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock so refinanced and (ii) if such 
Indebtedness being refinanced was issued with an original issue discount, the 
accreted value thereof (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at

                                      15

<PAGE>

the time of such Refinancing; provided that (A) such Refinancing Indebtedness 
of any Subsidiary of the Company shall only be used to refinance outstanding 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, (B) 
Refinancing Indebtedness shall (x) not have an Average Life shorter than the 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock to be so refinanced at the time of 
such Refinancing and (y) in all respects, be no less subordinated or junior, 
if applicable, to the rights of Holders of the Securities than was the 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock to be refinanced and (C) such 
Refinancing Indebtedness shall have no installment of principal (or 
redemption payment) scheduled to come due earlier than the scheduled maturity 
of any installment of principal of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital 
Stock to be so refinanced which was scheduled to come due prior to the Stated 
Maturity.

     "Registrar" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

     "Related Business"  means the business conducted by the company and its 
Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and all businesses that in the good 
faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company are materially 
related businesses.

     "Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) of 
Secured Portfolio Debt.

     "Repurchase Date," when used with respect to any Security to be 
repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.16, means the date fixed 
for the repurchase of such Security pursuant to Section 4.16.

     "Repurchase Price," when used with respect to any Security to be 
repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.16, means an amount equal 
to 100% of the principal amount thereof and shall include, without 
duplication, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the Repurchase 
Date of such Security.


     "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than:

     (a)  Investments in Customer Receivables;

     (b)  Investments in Cash Equivalents;

     (c)  Investments existing on the Issue Date;

     (d)  Investments in the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

     (e)  Investments in any Person engaged in a Related Business if, as a 
          consequence of such Investment, (i) such Person becomes a 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) such Person is merged,

                                      16

<PAGE>

          consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or conveys substantially 
          all of its assets to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of 
          the Company;

     (f)  Investments consisting of loans or advances to employees of the 
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for moving, entertainment, 
          travel and other similar expenses in the ordinary course of 
          business not exceeding $250,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any 
          one time or (ii) pursuant to the HPSC Stock Loan Program not 
          exceeding $400,000 (or such greater amount as may be permitted 
          under Federal Reserve regulations from time to time) outstanding in 
          the aggregate at any one time;

     (g)  Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash 
          consideration in connection with the sale, lease, disposal, pledge, 
          encumbrance or other transfer of Customer Receivables:

     (h)  Investments not otherwise specified in clauses (a) through (g) 
          above not exceeding $1,000,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any 
          one time; and

     (i)  Investments not otherwise specified in clauses (a) through (h) 
          above which are from time to time permitted to be made by HPSC or 
          any of its Subsidiaries under Section 8.3 (or any successor 
          provision) of the Revolver Agreement.

   "Responsible Officer" means an officer of the Trustee in the department 
or other group administering the trust established hereby.

   "Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person, (a) the 
declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution in respect of 
any Capital Stock of such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person, (b) any 
payment on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or 
retirement for value of Capital Stock of such Person or any Subsidiary of 
such Person, (c) other than with the proceeds from the substantially 
concurrent (i.e., within 60 days) sale of, or in exchange for, Refinancing 
Indebtedness, any purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for 
value of, any payment in respect of any amendment of the terms of or any 
defeasance of, any Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person or any Affiliate 
or Subsidiary of such Person, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any 
Subsidiary of such Person prior to the scheduled maturity, any scheduled 
repayment of principal, or any scheduled sinking fund payment, as the case 
may be, of such Subordinated Indebtedness and (d) any Restricted Investment 
by such Person; provided that the term "Restricted Payment" does not 
include (i) any dividend, distribution or other payment on or with respect 
to, or on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or 
retirement for value of, Capital Stock of an issuer to the extent payable 
solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of such issuer or (ii) any 
dividend, distribution or other payment to the Company or to any of its 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                                      17

<PAGE>

     "Restricted Stock Plans" shall mean collectively, (i) the Company's 1995 
Stock Incentive Plan and (ii) comparable plans providing for the issuance of 
Capital Stock of the Company to officers, directors and employees of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries having terms similar to the foregoing, each as 
amended from time to time by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the 
Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.

     "Revolver Agreement" means the credit agreement dated as of December 12, 
1996, as amended on the Issue Date, by and among the Company and ACFC, 
certain financial institutions, and The First National Bank of Boston, as 
agent, providing for an aggregate $95,000,000 revolving credit facility, 
including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments 
and agreements executed in connection therewith, as such credit agreement 
and/or related documents may by the Company be amended, restated, 
supplemented, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time 
whether or not with the same agent, trustee, representative lenders or 
holders, and irrespective of any changes in the terms and conditions thereof. 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term "Revolver 
Agreement" shall include any amendment, amendment and restatement, renewal, 
extension, restructuring, supplement or modification to any Revolver Agreement 
by the Company and all refundings, refinancings and replacements of any such 
Revolver Agreement, including any agreement (i) extending the maturity of any 
Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding or 
deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder, so long as borrowers and issuers 
thereunder include the Company and its successors and assigns, (iii) 
increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be 
borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions 
thereof.

     "Savings Bank Indebtedness" of the Company or any Subsidiary means any 
Indebtedness owed to a savings bank or other financial institution, which 
Indebtedness is (i) created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company 
or such Subsidiary of the Company in order to finance one or more Customer 
Receivables created in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such 
Subsidiary and (ii) secured by a Lien on such Customer Receivable(s).

     "Secured Portfolio Debt" of the Company or any Subsidiary means any 
indebtedness, including principal, interest (including, without limitation 
interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or 
proceedings whether or not allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding) 
fees, collateral protection expenses and enforcement costs, of the Company or 
such Subsidiary under the Revolver Agreement, Savings Bank Indebtedness and 
any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, whether outstanding 
on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by 
the Company or such Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is (i) created, incurred, 
assumed or guaranteed by the Company or such Subsidiary of the Company in 
order to finance one or more Customer Receivables created

                                      18

<PAGE>

in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Subsidiary and (ii) 
secured by a Lion on such Customer Receivable(s).

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Securities" means the __% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 as amended 
or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, 
that are issued under this Indenture.

     "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

     "Securities Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to 
the Securities in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

     "Securityholder" or "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Security 
is registered on the Registrar's books.

     "Senior Indebtedness" of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries means 
any Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, whether outstanding on 
the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the 
Company or such Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness as to which the 
instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee 
thereof expressly provides that such Indebtedness is subordinated or junior 
to the Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in no event shall 
Senior Indebtedness include (a) Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary of the 
Company or any officer, director or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary 
of the Company or (b) Indebtedness incurred in violation of the terms of this 
Indenture.

     "Sinking Fund" means the method provided in this Indenture and the 
Securities for amortizing the aggregate principal amount of the Securities.

     "Sinking Fund Payment Date" means the first day of each ___,___,___, and 
___, commencing ___ 1, ___ and continuing through ___ 1,200 ___.

     "Special Record Date" for payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date 
fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.12.

     "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Security, means _____, 
2007.

     "Stock Option Plans" shall mean collectively, (i) the Company's 1987 
Stock Option Plan, (ii) the HPSC, Inc. 1988 Director's Stock Option Plan, and 
(iii) comparable plans providing for the issuance of options to purchase 
Capital Stock of the Company to officers, directors and/or employees of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries having terms 

                                      19

<PAGE>

similar to the foregoing, each as amended from time to time by a resolution 
of the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee 
thereof.

     "Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company that is 
(i) subordinated in right of payment to the Securities in any respect or (ii) 
any Indebtedness which is expressly subordinate to Senior Indebtedness and 
has a stated maturity on or after the Stated Maturity.

     "Subsidiary" with respect to any Person, means (i) a corporation a 
majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power under ordinary 
circumstances to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly owned 
by such Person, by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or 
by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any other Person (other 
than a corporation described in clause (i) above) in which such Person, one 
or more Subsidiaries of such Person or such Person and one or more 
Subsidiaries of such Person directly or indirectly at the date of 
determination thereof has at least majority ownership interest. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not 
constitute a Subsidiary of the Company or of any of the Company's 
Subsidiaries.

     "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture.

     "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a 
successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and 
thereafter means such successor.

     "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct non-callable obligations of 
or noncallable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for 
the payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the 
United States of America is pledged.

     "Voting Stock" means Capital Stock of the Company having generally the 
right to vote in the election of the majority of the directors of the Company 
or having generally the right to vote with respect to the organizational 
matters of the Company.

     "Wholly-Owned" or "wholly-owned" with respect to a Subsidiary of any 
Person means a Subsidiary of such Person of which all of the outstanding 
Capital Stock or other ownership interests (other than directors' qualifying 
shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.


                                      20


<PAGE>


                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
                                     HPSC, INC.,
                                           
                                       ISSUER,
                                           
                                         AND
                                           
                         STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,
                                           
                                       TRUSTEE
                                           
                                                                     
                                           
                                      INDENTURE
                                           
                              DATED AS OF MARCH 20, 1997
                                           
                                                                     
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                      $23,000,000
                                           
                                           
                        11% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
                                           
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           
                                           
<PAGE>
 
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS                             Page

    ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE......................1
         SECTION 1.1  Definitions.............................................1
         SECTION 1.2  Incorporation by Reference of TIA......................18
         SECTION 1.3  Rules of Construction..................................19
    ARTICLE II THE SECURITIES................................................20
         SECTION 2.1  Form and Dating........................................20
         SECTION 2.2  Execution and Authentication...........................20
         SECTION 2.3  Registrar and Paying Agent.............................21
         SECTION 2.4  Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust...................21
         SECTION 2.5  Securityholder Lists...................................22
         SECTION 2.6  Transfer and Exchange..................................22
         SECTION 2.7  Replacement Securities.................................25
         SECTION 2.8  Outstanding Securities.................................25
         SECTION 2.9  Treasury Securities....................................25
         SECTION 2.10  Temporary Securities..................................26
         SECTION 2.11  Cancellation..........................................26
         SECTION 2.12  Defaulted Interest....................................26
    ARTICLE III REDEMPTIONS; SINKING FUND....................................28
         SECTION 3.1  Right of Redemption....................................28
         SECTION 3.2  Notices to Trustee.....................................28
         SECTION 3.3  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.................28
         SECTION 3.4  Notice of Redemption...................................29
         SECTION 3.5  Effect of Notice of Redemption.........................30
         SECTION 3.6  Deposit of Redemption Price............................30
         SECTION 3.7  Securities Redeemed in Part............................31
         SECTION 3.8  Sinking Fund...........................................31
    ARTICLE IV COVENANTS.....................................................31
         SECTION 4.1  Payment of Securities..................................32
         SECTION 4.2  Maintenance of Office or Agency........................32
         SECTION 4.3  Limitation on Restricted Payments......................32
         SECTION 4.4  Corporate Existence....................................34
         SECTION 4.5  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims......................34
         SECTION 4.6  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance................34
         SECTION 4.7  Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default..............35
         SECTION 4.8  Reports and Other Information..........................35
         SECTION 4.9  Limitation on Status as Investment Company.............36
         SECTION 4.10  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates............36
         SECTION 4.11  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness
              and Disqualified Capital Stock.................................37
         SECTION 4.12  Limitations on Dividends and Other Payment
              Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries............................38
         SECTION 4.13  Limitation on Liens...................................38
         SECTION 4.14  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws...............39
         SECTION 4.15  Limitation on Lines of Business.......................39
<PAGE>
         SECTION 4.16  Repurchase of Securities Upon Death of Holder.........39
    ARTICLE V SUCCESSOR CORPORATION..........................................42
         SECTION 5.1  Limitation on Merger, Sale or Consolidation............42
         SECTION 5.2  Successor Corporation Substituted......................43
    ARTICLE VI EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES................................43
         SECTION 6.1  Events of Default......................................43
         SECTION 6.2  Acceleration of Maturity Date; Rescission and
              Annulment......................................................45
         SECTION 6.3  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
              Trustee........................................................46
         SECTION 6.4  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.......................47
         SECTION 6.5  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of
              Securities.....................................................48
         SECTION 6.6  Priorities.............................................48
         SECTION 6.7  Limitation on Suits....................................48
         SECTION 6.8  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal,
              Premium and Interest...........................................49
         SECTION 6.9  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.........................49
         SECTION 6.10  Delay or Omission Not Waiver..........................50
         SECTION 6.11  Control by Holders....................................50
         SECTION 6.12  Waiver of Past Default................................50
         SECTION 6.13  Undertaking for Costs.................................51
         SECTION 6.14  Restoration of Rights and Remedies....................51
    ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE......................................................51
         SECTION 7.1  Duties of Trustee......................................52
         SECTION 7.2  Rights of Trustee......................................53
         SECTION 7.3  Individual Rights of Trustee...........................54
         SECTION 7.4  Trustee's Disclaimer...................................54
         SECTION 7.5  Notice of Default......................................54
         SECTION 7.6  Reports by Trustee to Holders..........................54
         SECTION 7.7  Compensation and Indemnity.............................55
         SECTION 7.8  Replacement of Trustee.................................56
         SECTION 7.9  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.......................57
         SECTION 7.10  Eligibility; Disqualification.........................57
         SECTION 7.11  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.....57
    ARTICLE VIII LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE; SATISFACTION AND
    DISCHARGE................................................................57
         SECTION 8.1  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance and Discharge........57
         SECTION 8.2  Legal Defeasance and Discharge.........................58
         SECTION 8.3  Covenant Defeasance....................................58
         SECTION 8.4  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.............59
         SECTION 8.5  Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be 
              Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions..................60
         SECTION 8.6  Repurchase to the Company..............................60
         SECTION 8.7  Reinstatement..........................................61
         SECTION 8.8  Satisfaction and Discharge.............................61
    ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS...........................62
         SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.....62

                                       ii
<PAGE>
         SECTION 9.2  Amendments, Supplemental Indentures and Waivers with
              Consent of Holders.............................................63
         SECTION 9.3  Compliance with TIA....................................64
         SECTION 9.4  Revocation and Effect of Consents......................64
         SECTION 9.5  Notation on or Exchange of Securities..................65
         SECTION 9.6  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc........................65
    ARTICLE X RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.............66
         SECTION 10.1  Repurchase of Securities at Option of the Holder Upon a
              Change of Control..............................................66
    ARTICLE XI SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES...................................68
         SECTION 11.1.  Securities Subordinated to Secured Portfolio Debt....68
         SECTION 11.2.  No Payment on Securities in Certain Circumstances....69
         SECTION 11.3.  Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Secured
              Portfolio Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization...70
         SECTION. 11.4.  Securityholders to Be Subrogated to Rights of 
              Holders of Secured Portfolio Debt..............................70
         SECTION 11.5.  Obligations of the Company Unconditional.............71
         SECTION 11.6.  Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited 
              in Absence of Notice...........................................71
         SECTION 11.7.  Application by Trustee of Assets Deposited with It...72
         SECTION 11.8.  Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or 
              Omissions of the Company or Holders of Secured Portfolio Debt..72
         SECTION 11.9.  Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate
              Subordination of Securities....................................72
         SECTION 11.10.  Right of Trustee to Hold Secured Portfolio Debt.....73
         SECTION 11.11.  Article XI Not to Prevent Events of Default.........73
         SECTION 11.12.  No Fiduciary Duty of Trustee to Holders of Secured
              Portfolio Debt.................................................73
         SECTION 11.13.  Acceleration of Payment of Securities...............74
    ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS................................................74
         SECTION 12.1  TIA Controls..........................................74
         SECTION 12.2  Notices...............................................74
         SECTION 12.3  Communications by Holders with Other Holders..........75
         SECTION 12.4  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent....75
         SECTION 12.5  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.........76
         SECTION 12.6  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.............76
         SECTION 12.7  Non-Business Days.....................................76
         SECTION 12.8  Governing Law.........................................76
         SECTION 12.9  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.........77
         SECTION 12.10  No Recourse Against Others...........................77
         SECTION 12.11  Successors...........................................77
         SECTION 12.12  Duplicate Originals..................................78
         SECTION 12.13  Severability.........................................78
         SECTION 12.14  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.....................78
         SECTION 12.15  Qualification of Indenture...........................78

                                      iii
<PAGE>

    INDENTURE, dated as of March 20, 1997, between HPSC, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Company") and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as 
Trustee.

    Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of each other party 
and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 11% 
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Securities").

                                      ARTICLE I
                                           
                      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
                                           
    SECTION 1.1  Definitions.

    "Acceleration Notice" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.2.

    "Acquired Recourse Debt" means Funded Recourse Debt or Disqualified 
Capital Stock of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a 
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged or consolidated into or with the 
Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

    "Acquisition" means the purchase or other acquisition of any Person or 
substantially all the assets of any Person by any other Person, whether by 
purchase, merger, consolidation or other transfer, and whether or not for 
consideration.

    "Affiliate" means any Person directly or indirectly controlling or 
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company. 
For purposes of this definition, the term "control" means the power to direct 
the management and policies of a Person, directly or through one or more 
intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by 
contract or otherwise, provided that a beneficial owner of 10% or more of the 
total voting power normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, 
managers or trustees, as applicable, shall for such purposes be deemed to 
constitute control.

    "Affiliate Transaction" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.10.

    "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co- Registrar.

    "Attributable Indebtedness" means, with respect to any particular lease 
under which any Person is at the time liable and at any date as of which the 
amount thereof is to be determined, the present value of the total net amount 
of rent required to be paid by such Person under the lease during the primary 
term thereof, without giving effect to any renewals at the option of the 
lessee, discounted from the respective due dates thereof to such date at the 
rate of interest per annum implicit in the terms of the lease. As used in the 
preceding sentence, the net amount of rent under any lease for any such 
period shall mean the sum of rental and other payments required to be paid 
with respect to such period by the lessee thereunder excluding any amounts 
required to be paid by such lessee on account of maintenance and repairs, 
insurance, taxes, assessments, water rates or similar charges. In the case of 
any lease which is terminable by the lessee upon payment of a penalty, such 
net amount of rent shall also include the amount of such 

<PAGE>

penalty, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such 
lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated.

    "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to 
any security or instrument, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of 
the product of (a) the number of years from the date of determination to the 
date or dates of each successive scheduled principal (or redemption) payment 
of such security or instrument and (b) the amount of each such respective 
principal (or redemption) payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal (or 
redemption) payments.

    "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, state or
foreign law for the relief of debtors.

    "Beneficial Owner," for purposes of the definition of Change of Control, 
has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange 
Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether or not applicable, except that 
a "person" (as such term is used for purposes of such Rules) shall be deemed 
to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that such person has the right 
to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the 
passage of time.

    "Board of Directors" means, with respect to any Person, the Board of 
Directors of such Person or any committee of the Board of Directors of such 
Person authorized, with respect to any particular matter, to exercise the 
power of the Board of Directors of such Person. With respect to any Person 
that is not organized as a corporation, "Board of Directors" shall refer to 
the entity or entities having similar powers.

    "Board Resolution" means, with respect to any Person, a duly adopted 
resolution of the Board of Directors of such Person.

    "Business Day" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday 
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York or the 
city in which the principal office of the Trustee is located are authorized 
or obligated by law or executive order to close.

    "Capitalized Lease Obligation" means rental obligations under a lease 
that are required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in 
accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such 
obligations shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations, as 
determined in accordance with GAAP.

    "Capital Stock" means, (i) with respect to any Person formed as a 
corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase (other than 
convertible or exchangeable Indebtedness), warrants, options, participations 
or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in stock issued by 
that corporation and (ii) with respect to any Person formed other than as a 
corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

    "Cash" means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at 
the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and 
private debts.

                                      A-2
<PAGE>

    "Cash Equivalent" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully 
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or 
instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the 
United States of America is pledged in support thereof) maturing within one 
year after the date of acquisition, (ii) time deposits, certificates of 
deposit, bankers' acceptances and commercial paper issued by the parent 
corporation of any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having 
capital and surplus in excess of $1 billion, (iii) commercial paper issued by 
any other issuer which is rated in the case of commercial paper which matures 
one year or more after the date of acquisition, at least A-1 or the 
equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or at least P-1 
or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), 
(iv) securities commonly known as "short-term bank notes" issued by any 
commercial bank denominated in U.S. Dollars which at the time of purchase is 
rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the 
equivalent thereof by Moody's, (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not 
more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in 
clauses (i) and (ii) above entered into with any commercial bank meeting the 
qualifications specified in clause (ii) above and (vi) shares of any money 
market fund, or similar fund, in each case having assets in excess of $1 
billion, which invests predominantly in investments of the type described in 
clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above.

    "Change of Control" means (i) any sale, merger or consolidation with or 
into any Person or any transfer or other conveyance, whether direct or 
indirect, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, on a 
consolidated basis, in one transaction or in a series of related 
transactions, if, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, any 
"person" or "group" (as such terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) 
and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable) is or becomes the 
"beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total 
voting power in the aggregate normally entitled to vote in the election of 
directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of the transferee or 
surviving entity, (ii) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used for 
purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not 
applicable) is or becomes the "beneficial owner," directly or indirectly, of 
more than 50% of the total voting power in the aggregate of all classes of 
Capital Stock of the Company then outstanding normally entitled to vote in 
elections of directors or (iii) during any period of 12 consecutive months 
after the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of any such 12-month 
period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any 
new directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election 
by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of 
the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning 
of such period or whose election, recommendation, or nomination for election 
was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of 
the Board of Directors of the Company then in office.

    "Change of Control Offer" shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.1.

    "Change of Control Offer Period" shall have the meaning specified in 
Section 10.1.

    "Change of Control Purchase Date" shall have the meaning specified in 
Section 10.1.

    "Change of Control Purchase Price" shall have the meaning specified in 
Section 10.1.

    "Change of Control Put Date" shall have the meaning specified in Section 
10.1.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    "Company" means HPSC, Inc., a Delaware corporation, until a successor 
replaces it pursuant to this Indenture, and thereafter means such successor.

    "Consolidated EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person, for any period, 
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period adjusted to add 
thereto (to the extent deducted from net revenues in determining Consolidated 
Net Income), without duplication, the sum of (i) consolidated income tax 
expense for such period, (ii) consolidated depreciation and amortization 
expense for such period, (iii) non-cash charges of such Person and its 
Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period less the amount of all cash 
payments made during such period to the extent such payments relate to 
non-cash charges that were added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA for 
such period, (iv) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period and (v) to 
the extent not excluded from the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for 
such period, losses (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with 
GAAP) which are either extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) 
or are unusual or nonrecurring.

    "Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" of any Person on any date of 
determination (the "Transaction Date") means the ratio, on a pro forma basis, 
of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person 
attributable to continuing operations and businesses (exclusive of amounts, 
whether positive or negative, attributable to operations and businesses 
permanently discontinued or disposed of) for the Reference Period to (b) the 
aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person (exclusive of amounts 
attributable to operations and businesses permanently discontinued or 
disposed of, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such 
Consolidated Interest Expense would no longer be obligations contributing to 
such Person's Consolidated Interest Expense subsequent to the Transaction 
Date) during the Reference Period; provided, that for purposes of such 
calculation, (i) Acquisitions which occurred during the Reference Period or 
subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date 
(including any Consolidated EBITDA associated with such Acquisition) shall be 
assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (ii) 
transactions giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest 
Coverage Ratio shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the 
Reference Period, (iii) the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness or 
issuance of any Disqualified Capital Stock during the Reference Period or 
subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date 
(and the application of the proceeds therefrom to the extent used to 
refinance or retire other Indebtedness), other than under a revolving credit 
or similar facility to the extent that the proceeds were used to finance 
working capital requirements in the ordinary course of business, shall be 
assumed to have occurred on the first day of such Reference Period and (iv) 
the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person attributable to interest on 
any Indebtedness or dividends on any Disqualified Capital Stock bearing a 
floating interest (or dividend) rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis 
as if the rate in effect on the Transaction Date had been the applicable rate 
for the entire period, unless such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a 
party to a Hedging and Interest Swap Obligation (which shall remain in effect 
for the 12-month period 

                                      A-4

<PAGE>

immediately following the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the 
interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether 
higher or lower) shall be used.

    "Consolidated Interest Expense" of any Person means, for any period, the 
aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in 
accordance with GAAP) of (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, 
or scheduled to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the 
following sentence, interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations) 
of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, 
including (i) original issue discount and noncash interest payments or 
accruals on any Indebtedness, (ii) the interest portion of all deferred 
payment obligations and (iii) all commissions, discounts and other fees and 
charges owed with respect to bankers' acceptances and letters of credit 
financing and currency and Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations, in each 
case to the extent attributable to such period and (b) the amount of 
dividends accrued or payable (other than in additional shares of such 
Preferred Stock) by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in 
respect of Preferred Stock (other than by Subsidiaries of such Person to such 
Person or such Person's Consolidated Subsidiaries).  For purposes of this 
definition, (x) interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to 
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Company to be the 
rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance 
with GAAP, (y) interest expense attributable to any Indebtedness represented 
by the guaranty by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person of an 
obligation of another Person shall be deemed to be the interest expense 
attributable to the Indebtedness guaranteed, and (z) dividends in respect of 
Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the actual dividends 
paid divided by one minus the applicable actual combined Federal, state, 
local and foreign income tax rate of the Company and its Consolidated 
Subsidiaries (expressed as a decimal).

    "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any 
period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Consolidated 
Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) for 
such period, (i) adjusted to exclude (only to the extent included in 
computing such net income (or loss) and without duplication): (a) net gains 
(but not net losses) from the sale, lease, transfer or other dispositions of 
assets or property not in the ordinary course of business; (b) net gains (but 
not net losses) which are either extraordinary (as determined in accordance 
with GAAP) or are either unusual or nonrecurring, (c) the net income, if 
positive, of any other Person accounted for by the equity method of 
accounting, except to the extent of the amount of any dividends or 
distributions actually paid in cash to such Person or a Consolidated 
Subsidiary of such Person during such period, but in any case not in excess 
of such Person's pro rata share of such Person's net income for such period, 
(d) the net income, if positive, of any Person acquired in a pooling- 
of-interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such 
acquisition, (e) the net income, if positive, of any of such Person's 
Consolidated Subsidiaries in the event and solely to the extent that the 
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions is not at the 
time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or bylaws or any 
other agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or 
governmental regulation applicable to such Consolidated Subsidiary, (f) all 
gains (but not losses) from currency exchange transactions not in the 
ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (g) any 
non-cash expense determined in accordance with GAAP in connection with a 
transaction between the Company and the ESOP; and (ii) adjusted to include 
the amount of any dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to such 
Person or a Consolidated Subsidiary of such Person by 

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount not to exceed such Person's pro rata 
share of such Unrestricted Subsidiary's net income.

    "Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person at any date means the aggregate 
consolidated stockholders' equity of such Person (plus amounts of equity 
attributable to Preferred Stock) and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, as would 
be shown on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person prepared in 
accordance with GAAP, adjusted to exclude (to the extent included in 
calculating such equity), (a) the amount of any such stockholders' equity 
attributable to Disqualified Capital Stock or treasury stock of such Person 
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, (b) all upward revaluations and other 
write-ups in the book value of any asset of such Person or a Consolidated 
Subsidiary of such Person subsequent to the Issue Date and (c) all 
investments in Subsidiaries that are not Consolidated Subsidiaries and in 
Persons that are not Subsidiaries.

    "Consolidated Subsidiary" means, for any Person, each Subsidiary of such 
Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial 
statements of which are consolidated for financial statement reporting 
purposes with the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

    "Customer" means any Person for whom the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries finances property, equipment, goods, leasehold improvements or 
working capital requirements.

    "Customer Receivable" means any obligation of any kind or nature, 
however denominated, to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) incurred 
by Customers in the ordinary course of the respective business of the Company 
and its Subsidiaries or (ii) arising from the purchase or acquisition by the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any lease, promissory note, account 
receivable, loan or similar financial arrangement, or any right or asset 
reasonably related to any of the foregoing.

    "Covenant Defeasance" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.3.

    "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, 
sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

    "Default" means any event or condition that is, or after notice or 
passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

    "Defaulted Interest" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

    "Definitive Securities" means Securities that are in the form of 
Security attached hereto as Exhibit A that do not include the information 
called for by footnotes 1 and 2 thereof.

    "Depository" means, with respect to the Securities issuable or issued in 
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 as the 
Depository with respect to the Securities, until a successor shall have been 
appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this 
Indenture, and, thereafter, "Depository" shall mean or include such successor.

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

    "Designated Secured Portfolio Debt" means (a) the Indebtedness under the 
Revolver Agreement and (b) any other Secured Portfolio Debt which (i) at the 
date of determination has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or 
under which at the date of determination the holders thereof are committed to 
lend up to, at least $10,000,000 and (ii) is specifically designated by the 
Company in the instrument governing such Secured Portfolio Debt as 
"Designated Secured Portfolio Debt" for purposes of this Indenture.

    "Disqualified Capital Stock" means (a) except as set forth in (b), with 
respect to any Person, Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms or by 
the terms of any security into which it is then convertible, exercisable or 
exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event or the passage of time 
would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased (including at the option of 
the holder thereof) by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in whole or in 
part, on or prior to the Stated Maturity of the Securities and (b) with 
respect to any Subsidiary of any Person (including with respect to any 
Subsidiary of the Company), any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary other than 
any common stock with no preference, privileges, or redemption or repayment 
provisions.

    "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as 
amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

    "ESOP" means, collectively, the HPSC, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan 
and the Supplemental HPSC, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan, and any 
successor employee stock ownership plans having terms similar to the 
foregoing plans, as amended from time to time by a resolution of the Board of 
Directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.
               
    "Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1.

    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, 
and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

    "Exempted Affiliate Transaction" means (a) transactions solely between 
the Company and any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or solely among 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Company, (b) transactions permitted under 
Section 4.3 hereof, (c) customary employee compensation arrangements approved 
by a majority of independent (as to such transactions) members of the Board 
of Directors of the Company, (d) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, 
and indemnities to, and directors and officers and ERISA-based fiduciary 
liability insurance provided on behalf of, officers, directors, agents or 
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the ESOP or any 
trustee thereof, in each case in the ordinary course of business and as 
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (e) any 
guaranty by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness of the 
Company and/or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company (but not of any 
other Person).

    "Funded Recourse Debt" means, without duplication, any Indebtedness of 
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which by its terms matures at or 
is extendible or renewable at the sole option of the obligor without 
requiring the consent of the obligee to a date more then one year after the 
date of the creation or incurrence of such obligation; provided that Funded 

                                      A-7
<PAGE>

Recourse Debt shall not include any Non-Recourse Indebtedness of the Company 
or any Subsidiary of the Company.

    "GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles set 
forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board 
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and 
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other 
statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the 
accounting profession as in effect on the Issue Date.

    "Global Security" means a Security that contains the paragraph referred 
to in footnote 1 and the additional schedule referred to in footnote 2 to the 
form of Security attached hereto as Exhibit A.

    "Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations" means, with respect to any 
Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap 
agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements 
and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person 
against fluctuations in interest rates.

    "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name a Security 
is registered on the Registrar's books or, for purposes of Section 4.16, the 
beneficial owner of Securities held in global form.

    "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication: (a) all 
liabilities and obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person, (i) 
in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to 
the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion thereof), (ii) 
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments, (iii) 
representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any 
property or services, except (other than accounts payable or other 
obligations to trade creditors which have remained unpaid for greater than 90 
days past their original due date, unless contested in good faith) those 
incurred in the ordinary course of its business that would constitute 
ordinarily a trade payable to trade creditors, (iv) evidenced by bankers' 
acceptances or similar instruments issued or accepted by banks, (v) for the 
payment of money relating to a Capitalized Lease Obligation, or (vi) 
evidenced by a letter of credit or a reimbursement obligation of such Person 
with respect to any letter of credit; (b) all net obligations of such Person 
under Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations; (c) all liabilities and 
obligations of others of the kind described in the preceding clauses (a) or 
(b) that such Person has guaranteed or that is otherwise its legal liability 
or which are secured by any assets or property of such Person; and (d) all 
immediately enforceable obligations to purchase, redeem or acquire any 
Capital Stock of such Person (other than, in the case of the Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries, obligations under the Restricted Stock Plans or the 
Stock Option Plans).

    "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time 
to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

    "Independent Committee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

                                      A-8
<PAGE>

    "Interest Payment Date" means the stated due date of an installment of 
interest on the Securities.

    "Investment" by any person in any other person means (without 
duplication): (a) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation 
or otherwise) by such Person (whether for cash, property, services, 
securities or otherwise) of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures, 
partnership or other ownership interests or other securities, including any 
options or warrants, of such other Person or any agreement to make any such 
acquisition; (b) the making by such Person of any deposit with, or advance, 
loan or other extension of credit to, such other Person (including the 
purchase of property from another Person subject to an understanding or 
agreement, contingent or otherwise, to resell such property to such other 
Person) or any commitment to make any such advance, loan or extension (but 
excluding accounts receivable or deposits arising in the ordinary course of 
business); (c) other than guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company to the 
extent permitted by Section 4.11 hereof, the entering into by such Person of 
any guarantee of, or other credit support or contingent obligation with 
respect to, Indebtedness or other liability of such other Person; and (d) the 
making of any capital contribution by such Person to such other Person.

    "Issue Date" means the date of first issuance of the Securities under 
this Indenture.

    "Legal Defeasance" shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2.

    "Lien" means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, or 
other encumbrance of any kind, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise 
perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title 
retention agreement and any lease deemed to constitute a security interest 
and any option or other agreement to give any security interest).

    "Maturity Date" means, when used with respect to any Security, the date 
specified on such Security as the fixed date on which the final installment 
of principal of such Security is due and payable (in the absence of any 
acceleration thereof pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture regarding 
acceleration of Indebtedness or any redemption thereof pursuant to Article 
III of this Indenture, or any Change of Control Offer or repurchase upon the 
death of the Holder of such Security).

    "Net Cash Proceeds" means the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash 
Equivalents received by the Company in the case of a sale of Qualified 
Capital Stock plus, in the case of an issuance of Qualified Capital Stock 
upon any exercise, exchange or conversion of securities (including options, 
warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable debt) of the Company that 
were issued for cash on or after the Issue Date, the amount of cash 
originally received by the Company upon the issuance of such securities 
(including options, warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable debt) 
less, in each case, the sum of all payments, fees, commissions and reasonable 
and customary) expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses 
of legal counsel and investment banking fees and expenses) incurred in 
connection with such sale of Qualified Capital Stock.

                                      A-9
<PAGE>

    "Non-Receivable Asset" means any asset, property or right of the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries, other than any Customer Receivable, or asset 
related to such Customer Receivable, such as inventory, records, intellectual 
property and proceeds of Customer Receivables.

    "Non-Recourse Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or that portion of 
Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries 
(a) provide credit support (including any undertaking, agreement or 
instrument which would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or 
indirectly liable or (c) constitutes the lender and (ii) with respect to 
which no default would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder 
of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary to declare a 
default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment therefor to be 
accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.

    "Notice of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.1(4).

    "Obligation" means any principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, 
reimbursements, damages, indemnification and other liabilities relating to 
obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture.

    "Officer" means, with respect to the Company, the Chief Executive 
Officer, the President, any Executive or Senior Vice President, the Chief 
Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, or the Secretary of the 
Company.

    "Officers' Certificate" means, with respect to the Company, a 
certificate signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant 
Secretary of the Company and otherwise complying with the requirements of 
Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

    "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is 
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee complying with the requirements of 
Sections 12.4 and 12.5.

    "Outstanding," as used with reference to the Securities shall have the 
meaning specified in Section 2.8.

    "Paying Agent" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

    "Permitted Lien" means any of the following:

    (a)   Liens existing on the Issue Date;

    (b)   Liens imposed by governmental authorities for taxes, assessments or 
          other charges not yet subject to penalty or which are being 
          contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, if adequate 
          reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the 
          Company in accordance with GAAP;

    (c)   Statutory Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen,  
          landlords, repairmen or other like Liens arising by operation of law 
          in the ordinary course of business provided that (i) the underlying 
          obligations are not overdue for a period 

                                      A-10
<PAGE>

          of more than 30 days or (ii) such Liens are being contested in good 
          faith and by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves with 
          respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company in 
          accordance with GAAP;

    (d)   Liens securing the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than 
          for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and 
          appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like 
          nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

    (e)   Easements, rights-of-way, zoning, similar restrictions and other 
          similar encumbrances or title defects which, singly or in the 
          aggregate, do not in any case materially detract from the value of 
          the property, subject thereto (as such property is used by the 
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or interfere with the ordinary 
          conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

    (f)   Liens arising by operation of law in connection with judgments, 
          only to the extent, for an amount and for a period not resulting in 
          an Event of Default with respect thereto;

    (g)   Pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in 
          connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and 
          other types of social security legislation;

    (h)   Liens on the property or assets of a Person existing at the time 
          such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged with or into the 
          Company or a Subsidiary, provided in each case that such Liens were 
          in existence prior to the date of such acquisition, merger or 
          consolidation, were not incurred in anticipation thereof and do not 
          extend to any other assets;

    (i)   Liens on property or assets existing at the time of the acquisition 
          thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that 
          such Liens were in existence prior to the date of such acquisition 
          and were not incurred in anticipation thereof;

    (j)   Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance any 
          Indebtedness that was previously so secured in a manner no more 
          adverse to the Holders of the Securities than the terms of the 
          Liens securing such refinanced Indebtedness;

    (k)   Liens securing Secured Portfolio Debt;

    (l)   Liens securing Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capitalized Lease 
          Obligations permitted to be incurred under clause (c) of the 
          definition of "Permitted Recourse Debt";

    (m)   Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; and

    (n)   Liens securing the Securities.

                                      A-11
<PAGE>

    "Permitted Recourse Debt" means any of the following:

    (a)   Indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Securities pursuant to 
          this Indenture up to the amounts specified herein as of the Issue 
          Date;

    (b)   Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Revolver 
          Agreement (including any Indebtedness issued to refinance, refund 
          or replace such Indebtedness in whole or in part, including any 
          extended maturity or increase in the amount thereof); 

    (c)   Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (in addition to 
          Indebtedness permitted by any other clause of this definition) in an 
          aggregate amount outstanding at any time (including any Indebtedness 
          issued to refinance, replace or refund such Indebtedness in whole or 
          in part) of up to $1,500,000;

    (d)   Refinancing Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries 
          incurred with respect to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital 
          Stock, as applicable, described in clause (ii) of the proviso 
          contained in Section 4.11 or described in clause (e) of this 
          definition of "Permitted Recourse Debt";

    (e)   Indebtedness of the Company owed to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, 
          and Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company owed to any other 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or to the Company; provided that any such 
          obligations of the Company owed to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of 
          the Company shall be unsecured and subordinated in all respects to 
          the Company's obligations pursuant to the Securities; and, 
          provided, further, that if any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ceases to be 
          a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company or if the Company or any 
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary transfers such Indebtedness to any Person 
          (other than to the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary), 
          such events, in each case, shall constitute the incurrence of such 
          Indebtedness by the Company or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, as 
          the case may be, at the time of such event;

    (f)   Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries existing on the 
          Issue Date;

    (g)   Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred solely in 
          respect of bankers acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds and 
          performance bonds (in each case to the extent that such incurrence 
          does not result in the incurrence of any obligation for the payment 
          of borrowed money of others) issued (i) in connection with the 
          incurrence or refinancing of Secured Portfolio Debt and (ii) in the 
          ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

    (h)   Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries represented by 
          Hedging and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary 
          course of business consistent with past practice and related to 
          Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries otherwise 
          permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture; and

                                      A-12
<PAGE>

    (i)   Secured Portfolio Debt.

    "Person" or "person" means any corporation, individual, limited 
liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, 
unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or 
political subdivision thereof, trust, municipality or other entity.

    "Principal" of any Indebtedness means the principal of such Indebtedness 
plus, without duplication, any applicable premium, if any, on such 
Indebtedness.

    "Pro Rata Portion" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(d).

    "Property" means any right or interest in or to property or assets of 
any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or 
intangible.

    "Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company or its 
Subsidiaries to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred in 
connection with the acquisition of specified assets and property (the 
"Subject Assets") for the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, 
including Indebtedness which existed at the time of the acquisition of such 
Subject Asset and was assumed in connection therewith, and (ii) the Liens 
securing such Indebtedness are limited to the Subject Asset.

    "Qualified Capital Stock" means any Capital Stock of the Company that is 
not Disqualified Capital Stock.

    "Qualified Exchange" means any legal defeasance, redemption, retirement, 
repurchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness 
of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds 
received by the Company from the substantially concurrent (i.e., within 60 
days) sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or the ESOP) of 
Qualified Capital Stock or any issuance of Qualified Capital Stock in 
exchange for any Capital Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness issued on or 
after the Issue Date.

    "Record Date" means a Record Date specified in the Securities whether or 
not such Record Date is a Business Day.

    "Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be 
redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to Article III of 
this Indenture and Paragraph 5 of such Security.

    "Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security to be 
redeemed, means the redemption price for such redemption pursuant to 
Paragraph 5 of such Security, which shall include, without duplication, in 
each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

    "Reference Period" with regard to any Person means the four full fiscal 
quarters (or such lesser period during which such Person has been in 
existence) of such Person ended immediately preceding any date upon which any 
determination is to be made pursuant to the terms of the Securities or this 
Indenture.

                                      A-13
<PAGE>

    "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital 
Stock (a) issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale 
of which are used substantially concurrently to repay, redeem, defease, 
refund, refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in 
part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to, or a 
deferral or renewal of (each of (a) and (b) above is a "Refinancing"), any 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock in a principal amount or, in the 
case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, not to exceed 
(after deduction of reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in 
connection with the Refinancing) the lesser of (i) the principal amount or, 
in the case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, of the 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock so refinanced and (ii) if such 
Indebtedness being refinanced was issued with an original issue discount, the 
accreted value thereof (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of 
such Refinancing; provided that (A) such Refinancing Indebtedness of any 
Subsidiary of the Company shall only be used to refinance outstanding 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock of such Subsidiary, (B) 
Refinancing Indebtedness shall (x) not have an Average Life shorter than the 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock to be so refinanced at the time of 
such Refinancing and (y) in all respects, be no less subordinated or junior, 
if applicable, to the rights of Holders of the Securities than was the 
Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock to be refinanced and (C) such 
Refinancing Indebtedness shall have no installment of principal (or 
redemption payment) scheduled to come due earlier than the scheduled maturity 
of any installment of principal of the Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital 
Stock to be so refinanced which was scheduled to come due prior to the Stated 
Maturity.

    "Registrar" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3.

    "Related Business" means the business conducted by the Company and its 
Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and all businesses that in the good 
faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company are materially 
related businesses.

    "Representative" means (i) when used with respect to holders of 
Indebtedness under the Revolver Agreement, the "Agent" under (and as defined 
in) such Revolver Agreement and (ii) when used with respect to holders of 
other Secured Portfolio Debt, the trustee, agent or representative (if any) 
of the holder of Secured Portfolio Debt, as evidenced by a certificate of the 
clerk, assistant clerk, secretary or assistant secretary of the holder of any 
such other Secured Portfolio Debt. 

    "Repurchase Date," when used with respect to any Security to be  
repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.16, means the date fixed 
for the repurchase of such Security pursuant to Section 4.16.

    "Repurchase Price," when used with respect to any Security to be 
repurchased pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.16, means an amount equal 
to 100% of the principal amount thereof and shall include, without 
duplication, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the Repurchase Date 
of such Security.

    "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than:

                                      A-14

<PAGE>

    (a)   Investments in Customer Receivables;

    (b)   Investments in Cash Equivalents;

    (c)   Investments existing on the Issue Date;

    (d)   Investments in the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

    (e)   Investments in any Person engaged in a Related Business if, as a 
          consequence of such Investment, (i) such Person becomes a Wholly-Owned
          Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) such Person is merged, consolidated
          or amalgamated with or into, or conveys substantially all of its 
          assets to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company;

    (f)   Investments consisting of loans or advances to employees of the 
          Company or of its Subsidiaries (i) for moving, entertainment, 
          travel and other similar expenses in the ordinary course of 
          business not exceeding $250,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any 
          one time or (ii) pursuant to the HPSC Stock Loan Program not 
          exceeding $400,000 (or such greater amount as may be permitted under 
          Federal Reserve regulations from time to time) outstanding in the 
          aggregate at any one time;

    (g)   Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration
          in connection with the sale, lease, disposal, pledge, encumbrance or 
          other transfer of Customer Receivables;

    (h)   Investments not otherwise specified in clauses (a) through (g) 
          above not exceeding $1,000,000 outstanding in the aggregate at any 
          one time; and

    (i)   Investments not otherwise specified in clauses (a) through (h) 
          above which are from time to time permitted to be made by HPSC or 
          any of its Subsidiaries under Section 8.3 (or any successor 
          provision) of the Revolver Agreement.
               
    "Responsible Officer" means an officer of the Trustee in the department 
or other group administering the trust established hereby.

    "Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person, (a) the 
declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution in respect of 
any Capital Stock of such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person, (b) any 
payment on account of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or 
retirement for value of Capital Stock of such Person or any Subsidiary of 
such Person, (c) other than with the proceeds from the substantially 
concurrent (i.e., within 60 days) sale of, or in exchange for, Refinancing 
Indebtedness, any purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for 
value of, any payment in respect of any amendment of the terms of or any 
defeasance of, any Subordinated Indebtedness of such Person or any Affiliate 
or Subsidiary of such Person, directly or indirectly, by such Person or any 
Subsidiary of such 

                                      A-15

<PAGE>

Person prior to the scheduled maturity, any scheduled repayment of principal, 
or any scheduled sinking fund payment, as the case may be, of such 
Subordinated Indebtedness and (d) any Restricted Investment by such Person; 
provided that the term "Restricted Payment" does not include (i) any 
dividend, distribution or other payment on or with respect to, or on account 
of the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of, 
Capital Stock of an issuer to the extent payable solely in shares of 
Qualified Capital Stock of such issuer or (ii) any dividend, distribution or 
other payment to the Company or to any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries by 
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

    "Restricted Stock Plans" shall mean collectively, (i) the Company's 1995 
Stock Incentive Plan and (ii) comparable plans providing for the issuance of 
Capital Stock of the Company to officers, directors and employees of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries having terms similar to the foregoing, each as 
amended from time to time by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the 
Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.

    "Revolver Agreement" means the credit agreement dated as of December 12, 
1996, as amended on the Issue Date, by and among the Company and ACFC, 
certain financial institutions, and The First National Bank of Boston, as 
agent, providing for an aggregate $95,000,000 revolving credit facility, 
including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments 
and agreements executed in connection therewith, as such credit agreement 
and/or related documents may by the Company be amended, restated, 
supplemented, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time 
whether or not with the same agent, trustee, representative lenders or 
holders, and irrespective of any changes in the terms and conditions thereof. 
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term "Revolver 
Agreement" shall include any amendment, amendment and restatement, renewal, 
extension, restructuring, supplement or modification to any Revolver 
Agreement by the Company and all refundings, refinancings and replacements of 
any such Revolver Agreement, including any agreement (i) extending the 
maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, 
(ii) adding or deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder, so long as 
borrowers and issuers thereunder include the Company and its successors and 
assigns, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or 
available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and 
conditions thereof.

    "Savings Bank Indebtedness" of the Company or any Subsidiary means any 
Indebtedness owed to a savings bank or other financial institution, which 
Indebtedness is (i) created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company 
or such Subsidiary of the Company in order to finance one or more Customer 
Receivables created in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such 
Subsidiary and (ii) secured by a Lien on such Customer Receivable(s).

    "Secured Portfolio Debt" of the Company or any Subsidiary means (a) any 
Indebtedness, including principal, interest (including, without limitation, 
interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or 
proceedings whether or not allowed as a claim in such case or proceeding) 
fees, collateral protection expenses and enforcement costs, of the Company or 
such Subsidiary under the Revolver Agreement, (b) Savings Bank Indebtedness 
and (c) any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, whether 
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or 
guaranteed by the Company or such Subsidiary, which 

                                      A-16

<PAGE>

Indebtedness described in clause (c) is (i) created, incurred, assumed or 
guaranteed by the Company or such Subsidiary of the Company in order to 
finance one or more Customer Receivables created in the ordinary course of 
business of the Company or such Subsidiary and (ii) secured by a Lien on such 
Customer Receivable(s).

    "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    "Securities" means the 11% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, as amended or
supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, that are
issued under this Indenture.

    "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the 
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

    "Securities Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the
Securities in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

    "Securityholder" or "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Security is
registered on the Registrar's books.

    "Senior Indebtedness" of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries means any 
Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary, whether outstanding on the 
Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the 
Company or such Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness as to which the 
instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee 
thereof expressly provides that such Indebtedness is subordinated or junior 
to the Securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in no event shall 
Senior Indebtedness include (a) Indebtedness owed to any Subsidiary of the 
Company or any officer, director or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary 
of the Company or (b) Indebtedness incurred in violation of the terms of this 
Indenture.

    "Sinking Fund" means the method provided in this Indenture and the 
Securities for amortizing the aggregate principal amount of the Securities.

    "Sinking Fund Payment Date" means the first day of each January, April, 
July, and October, commencing July 1, 2002 and continuing through April 1, 
2007.

    "Special Record Date" for payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date 
fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.12.

    "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Security, means April 1, 
2007.

    "Stock Option Plans" shall mean collectively, (i) the Company's 1987 
Stock Option Plan, (ii) the HPSC, Inc. 1988 Director's Stock Option Plan, and 
(iii) comparable plans providing for the issuance of options to purchase 
Capital Stock of the Company to officers, directors and/or employees of the 
Company and its Subsidiaries having terms similar to the foregoing, each as 

                                      A-17

<PAGE>

amended from time to time by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the 
Company or a duly authorized committee thereof.

    "Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company that is (i) 
subordinated in right of payment to the Securities in any respect or (ii) any 
Indebtedness which is expressly subordinate to Senior Indebtedness and has a 
stated maturity on or after the Stated Maturity.

    "Subsidiary" with respect to any Person, means (i) a corporation a 
majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power, under ordinary 
circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, 
owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such 
Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any other 
Person (other than a corporation described in clause (i) above) in which such 
Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or 
more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of 
determination thereof has at least majority ownership interest. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not 
constitute a Subsidiary of the Company or of any of the Company's 
Subsidiaries.

    "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Sections 
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the execution of this Indenture.

    "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a 
successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and 
thereafter means such successor.

    "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct non-callable obligations of, 
or noncallable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for 
the payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the 
United States of America is pledged.

    "Voting Stock" means Capital Stock of the Company having generally the 
right to vote in the election of a majority of the directors of the Company 
or having generally the right to vote with respect to the organizational 
matters of the Company.

    "Wholly-Owned" or "wholly-owned" with respect to a Subsidiary of any 
Person means a Subsidiary of such Person of which all of the outstanding 
Capital Stock or other ownership interests (other than directors' qualifying 
shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

    SECTION 1.2  Incorporation by Reference of TIA.

    Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision 
is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The 
following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

    "Commission" means the SEC.

                                      A-18
<PAGE>

    "Indenture security" means any of the Securities.

    "Indenture securityholder" means a Holder or a Securityholder.

    "Indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.
               
    "Indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

    "Obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and any other 
obligor on the Securities.

    All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, 
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule and not 
otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them thereby.

    SECTION 1.3  Rules of Construction.

    Unless the context otherwise requires:
                    
    (1)   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

    (2)   an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned 
to it in accordance with GAAP;

    (3)   "or" is not exclusive;

    (4)   words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural 
include the singular;

    (5)   provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

    (6)   "herein," "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this 
Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other 
subdivision; and

    (7)   references to Sections or Articles means reference to such Section 
or Article in this Indenture, unless stated otherwise.

                                      A-19

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE II
                                           
                                    THE SECURITIES
                                             
    SECTION 2.1  Form and Dating.

    The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication, in 
respect thereof, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, 
which Exhibit is part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, 
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The 
Company shall approve the form of the Securities and any notation, legend or 
endorsement on them. Any such notations, legends or endorsements not 
contained in the form of Security attached as Exhibit A hereto shall be 
delivered in writing to the Trustee. Each Security shall be dated the date of 
its authentication.

    The terms and provisions contained in the forms of Securities shall 
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to 
the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and 
delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and 
to be bound thereby.

    SECTION 2.2  Execution and Authentication.

    Two Officers shall sign, or one Officer shall sign and one Officer shall 
attest to, the Security for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.  
The Company's seal shall be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on 
the Securities and may be in facsimile form.

    If an Officer whose signature is on a Security was an Officer at the time 
of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee 
authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless and the 
Company shall nevertheless be bound by the terms of the Securities and this 
Indenture.

    A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the 
Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security but 
such signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been 
authenticated pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

    The Trustee shall authenticate Securities for original issue in the 
aggregate principal amount of up to $23,000,000, upon a written order of the 
Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate.  The Officers' Certificate 
shall specify the amount of Securities to be authenticated and the date on 
which the Securities are to be authenticated.  The aggregate principal amount 
of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed $23,000,000, except as 
provided in Section 2.7.  Upon the written order of the Company in the form 
of an Officers' Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities in 
substitution of Securities originally issued to reflect any name change of 
the Company.

    The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company 
to authenticate Securities.  Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an 
authenticating agent 

                                      A-20

<PAGE>

may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in 
this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by 
such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal 
with the Company, any Affiliate of the Company, or any of their respective 
Subsidiaries.

    Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in 
denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

    SECTION 2.3  Registrar and Paying Agent.

    The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the City of Boston, in 
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, where Securities may be presented or 
surrendered for payment ("Paying Agent"), where Securities may be surrendered 
for registration of transfer or exchange ("Registrar") and where notices and 
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this 
Indenture may be served.  The Company may act as Registrar or Paying Agent, 
except that, for the purposes of Articles III, VIII, X and Section 4.14 and 
as otherwise specified in this Indenture, neither the Company nor any 
Affiliate of the Company shall act as Paying Agent.  The Registrar shall keep 
a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company 
may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents. 
The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional Paying Agent.  The Company 
hereby initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent, and the 
Trustee hereby initially agrees so to act.

    The Company shall enter into an appropriate written agency agreement with 
any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the 
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent, and shall furnish a 
copy of each such agreement to the Trustee.  The Company shall promptly 
notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such Agent.  If 
the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall 
act as such.

    The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to 
act as Depository with respect to the Global Securities.

    The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Securities Custodian 
with respect to the Global Securities.

    SECTION 2.4  Paying Agent to Hold Assets in Trust.

    The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to 
agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit 
of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment 
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Securities (whether 
such assets have been distributed to it by the Company or any other obligor 
on the Securities), and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any Default in 
making any such payment.  If either of the Company or a Subsidiary of the 
Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate such assets and hold them as 
a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee.  The 
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held 
by it 

                                      A-21

<PAGE>

to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at 
any time during the continuance of any payment Default or any Event of 
Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to 
distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets 
distributed.  Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have 
been delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent (if other 
than the Company) shall have no further liability for such assets.

    SECTION 2.5  Securityholder Lists.

    The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably 
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses 
of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the 
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or 
before the third Business Day preceding each Interest Payment Date and at 
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list in such form 
and as of such date as the Trustee reasonably may require of the names and 
addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

    SECTION 2.6  Transfer and Exchange.

    (a)   Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities.  When Definitive 
Securities are presented to the Registrar or a co-Registrar with a request:

    (x)   to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities; or

    (y)   to exchange such Definitive Securities for an equal principal 
          amount of Definitive Securities of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar or co-Registrar shall register the transfer or make the 
exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are 
met; provided that the definitive securities surrendered for transfer or 
exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of 
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or 
co-Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly 
authorized in writing.

    (b)   Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Security for a Beneficial 
Interest in a Global Security.  A Definitive Security may not be exchanged 
for a beneficial interest in a Global Security except upon satisfaction of 
the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a 
Definitive Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments 
of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with written 
instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Securities 
Custodian to make, an endorsement on the Global Security to reflect an 
increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Securities represented by 
the Global Security, then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Security 
and cause, or direct the Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with 
the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and 
the Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Securities 
represented by the Global Security to be increased accordingly.  If no Global 

                                      A-22

<PAGE>

Securities are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee 
shall authenticate a new Global Security in the appropriate principal amount.

    (c)   Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities.  The transfer and 
exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall be 
effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including 
applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the 
procedures of the Depository therefor.

    (d)   Transfer of a Beneficial Interest in a Global Security for a 
Definitive Security.

          (i)   Any Person having a beneficial interest in a Global Security  
          may upon request exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive 
          Security.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of (A) written instructions 
          or such other form of instructions as is customary for the Depository
          from the Depository or its nominee on behalf of any Person having a 
          beneficial interest in a Global Security and (B) if such beneficial 
          interest is being transferred to the Person designated by the 
          Depository as being the beneficial owner, a certification (which may 
          be submitted by facsimile) from such Person to that effect (in 
          substantially the form set forth on the reverse of the Security), 
          then the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, at the direction of 
          the Trustee, will cause, in accordance with the standing instructions
          and procedures existing between the Depository and the Securities 
          Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of the Global Security to 
          be reduced and, following such reduction, the Company will execute 
          and, upon receipt of an authentication order in the form of an 
          Officers' Certificate, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to 
          the transferee a Definitive Security.
                    
          (ii) Definitive Securities issued in exchange for a beneficial 
          interest in a Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.6(d) shall 
          be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as 
          the Depository, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect 
          participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.  The Trustee 
          shall deliver such Definitive Securities to the persons in whose 
          names such Securities are so registered.

    (e)   Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. 
Not-withstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the 
provisions set forth in subsection (f) of this Section 2.6), a Global 
Security may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a 
nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository 
or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee 
to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

    (f)   Authentication of Definitive Securities in Absence of Depository. 
If at any time (i) the Depository for the Securities notifies the Company 
that the Depository is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the 
Global  Securities and a successor Depository for the Global Securities is 
not appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of such notice or 
(ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing 
that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Securities under this 
Indenture, then, in either event, the Company will 

                                      A-23

<PAGE>

execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officers' Certificate requesting 
the authentication and delivery of Definitive Securities, will authenticate 
and deliver Definitive Securities, in an aggregate principal amount equal to 
the principal amount of the Global Securities, in exchange for such Global 
Securities.

    (g)   Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Security.  At such time as 
all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for 
Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global 
Security shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At 
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global 
Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or 
canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global 
Security shall be reduced and an endorsement shall be made on such Global 
Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, at the direction of the 
Trustee, to reflect such reduction.

    (h)   Obligations with respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Definitive 
Securities.

          (i)   To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company 
          shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive 
          Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar's or 
          co-Registrar's request.
                    
          (ii)  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer
          or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient 
          to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge
          payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, 
          assessments, or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges 
          not involving any transfer pursuant to Section 2.2 (fourth paragraph),
          2.10, 3.7, 4.16(e), 9.5 or 10.1 (final paragraph)).
                    
          (iii) The Registrar or co-Registrar shall not be required to register
          the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Security selected 
          for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article III, except the
          unredeemed portion of any Definitive Security being redeemed in part,
          (b) any Security for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the 
          mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase pursuant to Article X 
          hereof or redeem Securities pursuant to Article III hereof and ending
          at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (c) any 
          Security which has been surrendered for repurchase at the option of 
          the Holder pursuant to Article X or Section 4.16 hereof, except the 
          portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repurchased.
                    
          (iv)  Prior to due presentment for registration or transfer of any 
          Security, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat 
          the Person in whose name the Security is registered as the absolute 
          owner of such Security, and none of the Trustee, Agent or the Company
          shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

    SECTION 2.7  Replacement Securities.

                                      A-24

<PAGE>

    If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a
Security claims and submits an affidavit or other evidence, satisfactory to the
Trustee, to the effect that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement
Security if the Trustee's requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee 
or the Company, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other 
indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Company and the Trustee, to 
protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them 
may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for 
its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Security.

    Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Company.

    SECTION 2.8  Outstanding Securities.

    Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities that have been 
authenticated by the Trustee (including any Security represented by a Global 
Security) except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for 
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Security effected 
by the Trustee hereunder and those described in this Section 2.8 as not 
outstanding.  A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company 
or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security, except as provided in 
Section 2.9.

    If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 (other than a mutilated 
Security surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the 
Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held 
by a bona fide purchaser.  A mutilated Security ceases to be outstanding upon 
surrender of such Security and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.7.

    If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Paying Agent (other than 
an Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds Cash or U.S. Government 
Obligations sufficient to pay all of the principal of, premium, if any, and 
interest due on the Securities payable on that date and payment of the 
Securities called for redemption is not otherwise prohibited pursuant to this 
Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities shall cease to be 
outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue.

    SECTION 2.9  Treasury Securities.

    In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of 
Securities have concurred in any direction, amendment, supplement, waiver or 
consent, Securities owned by the Company or Affiliates of the Company shall 
be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the 
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, amendment, 
supplement, waiver or consent, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of 
the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

                                      A-25

<PAGE>

    SECTION 2.10  Temporary Securities.

    Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may 
prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities.  Temporary 
Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but 
may have variations that the Company reasonably and in good faith considers 
appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company 
shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities in 
exchange for temporary Securities.  Until so exchanged, the temporary 
Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this 
Indenture as permanent Securities authenticated and delivered hereunder.

    SECTION 2.11  Cancellation.

    The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for 
cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee 
any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The 
Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying 
Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company), and no one 
else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Company or in 
accordance with its records disposal policies, shall dispose of all 
Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation.  
Except as set forth in Section 2.7, the Company may not issue new Securities 
to replace Securities that have been paid or delivered to the Trustee for 
cancellation.  No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange 
for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section 2.11, except as 
expressly permitted in the form of Securities and as permitted by this 
Indenture.

    SECTION 2.12  Defaulted Interest.

    Interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly 
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in 
whose name that Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is 
registered at the close of business on the record date for such interest or 
liquidated damages.

    Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid 
or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date plus, to the extent 
lawful, any interest payable on the defaulted interest (herein called 
"Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered 
holder on the relevant Record Date, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid 
by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or 
(2) below:

    (1)   The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the
persons in whose names the Securities (or their respective predecessor 
Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date 
for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the 
following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the 
amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the 
date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit 
with the Trustee an amount of Cash 

                                      A-26

<PAGE>

equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such 
Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for 
such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such Cash when 
deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the persons entitled to such 
Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee 
shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest 
which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the 
date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by 
the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall 
promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and 
at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of 
such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, 
first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears in 
the Security register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record 
Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the 
Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted 
Interest shall be paid to the persons in whose names the Securities (or their 
respective predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date 
and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

    (2)   The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other 
lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities 
exchange on which the Securities may be listed, if any, and upon such notice 
as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to 
the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner 
shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security 
delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu 
of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, 
and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                           
                              REDEMPTIONS; SINKING FUND
                                           
    SECTION 3.1  Right of Redemption.

    Redemption of Securities, as permitted by any provision of this 
Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 
III.  On or after April 1, 2002, the Company will have the right to redeem 
all or any part of the Securities, other than through the operation of the 
Sinking Fund provided for in Section 3.8, at the Redemption Prices specified 
in Paragraph 5 of the Securities, in each case (subject to the right of the 
Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest 
Payment Date that is on or prior to such Redemption Date), including accrued 
and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date.

    SECTION 3.2  Notices to Trustee.

    If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the 
Securities, or is required to redeem Securities pursuant to the operation of 
the Sinking Fund provided for in 

                                      A-27

<PAGE>

Section 3.8, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date 
and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed and whether it wants 
the Trustee to give notice of redemption to the Holders.  In the event that, 
with respect to a redemption of Securities pursuant to the operation of the 
Sinking Fund provided for in Section 3.8, the Company elects to reduce the 
amount of any Sinking Fund Payment pursuant to the provisions of Section 
3.8(a), the notice to the Trustee shall also state the amount of such 
reduction and the basis for such reduction as set forth in Section 3.8.

    The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this 
Section 3.2 at least five days prior to the date on which notice is to be 
given (or such shorter period as the Trustee shall permit), as set forth in 
Section 3.4.  Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to notice of 
such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of 
no effect.

    SECTION 3.3  Selection of Securities to Be Redeemed.

    If less than all outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee 
shall select the Securities to be redeemed by lot or by such other method as 
the Trustee shall determine to be fair and appropriate and in such manner as 
complies with any applicable Depository, legal or stock exchange requirements.

    The Trustee shall make the selection from the Securities outstanding and 
not previously called for redemption and shall promptly notify the Company in 
writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any 
Security selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be 
redeemed.  Securities in denominations of $1,000 may be redeemed only in 
whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or 
any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of Securities that have 
denominations larger than $1,000.  Provisions of this Indenture that apply to 
Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called 
for redemption.

    SECTION 3.4  Notice of Redemption.

    At the Company's written request made at least five days prior to the 
date on which notice is to be given (or such shorter period as the Trustee 
shall permit), the Trustee shall, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days 
before a Redemption Date, whether through operation of the Sinking Fund or 
otherwise, mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, 
to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed to such Holder's last 
address as then shown on the registry books of the Registrar.  Each notice 
for redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

          (1)   the Redemption Date;

          (2)   the Redemption Price, including the amount of accrued and unpaid
    interest to be paid upon such redemption;

                                      A-28

<PAGE>

          (3)   the name, address and telephone number of the Paying Agent;

          (4)   that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the
    Paying Agent at the address specified in such notice to collect the 
    Redemption Price;

          (5)   that, unless (a) the Company defaults in its obligation to 
    deposit Cash or U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled 
    payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with 
    their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of 
    any payment, Cash in an amount to fund the Redemption Price with the 
    Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.6 hereof or (b) such redemption 
    payment is otherwise prohibited, interest on Securities called for 
    redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date and the only 
    remaining right of the Holders of such Securities shall be to receive 
    payment of the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest to 
    the Redemption Date, upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Securities 
    called for redemption and to be redeemed;

          (6)   if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of the  
    principal amount equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof, of such 
    Security to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon 
    surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in aggregate 
    principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued;

          (7)   if less than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the 
    identification of the particular Securities (or portion thereof) to be 
    redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of such Securities to 
    be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be 
    outstanding after such partial redemption;

          (8)   the CUSIP number of the Securities to be redeemed; and

          (9)   whether the redemption notice is being sent pursuant to the 
    optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Securities or pursuant
    to the operation of the Sinking Fund provided for in Section 3.8.

    SECTION 3.5  Effect of Notice of Redemption.

    Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.4, 
Securities called for redemption shall become due and payable on the 
Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid 
interest to the Redemption Date. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying 
Agent, such Securities called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption 
Price, including interest accrued and unpaid to the Redemption Date; provided 
that if the Redemption Date is after a regular Record Date and on or prior to 
the Interest Payment Date to which such Record Date relates, the accrued 
interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Securities registered 
on the relevant Record Date; provided, further, that if a Redemption Date is 
not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day 
and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such 
succeeding Business Day.

                                      A-29

<PAGE>

    SECTION 3.6  Deposit of Redemption Price.

    Prior to 10:00 A.M. on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit 
with the Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) 
Cash or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay the Redemption Price 
of, including accrued and unpaid interest on, all Securities to be redeemed 
on such Redemption Date (other than Securities or portions thereof called for 
redemption on that date that have been delivered by the Company to the 
Trustee for cancellation).  The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the 
Company any Cash or U.S. Government Obligations so deposited which is not 
required for that purpose upon the written request of the Company.

    If the Company complies with the preceding paragraph and the other 
provisions of this Article III and payment of the Securities called for 
redemption is not prohibited under this Indenture, interest on the Securities 
to be redeemed will cease to accrue on the applicable Redemption Date, 
whether or not such Securities are presented for payment.  Notwithstanding 
anything herein to the contrary, if any Security surrendered for redemption 
in the manner provided in the Securities shall not be so paid upon surrender 
for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the 
preceding paragraph, interest shall continue to accrue and be paid from the 
Redemption Date until such payment is made on the unpaid principal, and, to 
the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each 
case at the rate and in the manner provided in Section 4.1 hereof and the 
Security.

    SECTION 3.7  Securities Redeemed in Part.

    Upon surrender of a Security that is to be redeemed in part, the Company 
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, 
without service charge to the Holder, a new Security or Securities equal in 
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.  If a 
Global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new 
Global Security.

    SECTION 3.8  Sinking Fund.

    (a)   As and for a Sinking Fund for the retirement of the Securities, the 
Company will, until all the Securities are paid or payment thereof provided 
for, deposit in accordance with Section 3.6 on or prior to each Sinking Fund 
Payment Date an amount in Cash sufficient to redeem on such Sinking Fund 
Payment Date, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal 
amount of the Securities so redeemed, an amount equal to $1,000,000 aggregate 
principal amount of Securities or such lesser amount as may be outstanding, 
plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that such principal 
amount of Securities to be redeemed may, at the option of the Company, be 
reduced in inverse order of maturity by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the 
principal amount of Securities  theretofore issued and acquired at any time 
by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and not 
theretofore made the basis of a Sinking Fund payment and (ii) the principal 
amount of Securities at any time 

                                      A-30

<PAGE>

redeemed and paid pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Securities 
and this Article III, or which shall at any time have been duly called for 
redemption (other than through operation of the Sinking Fund) and the 
Redemption Price of which shall have been deposited in trust for that purpose 
and which have not been theretofore made the basis of a Sinking Fund Payment.

    (b)   Each Sinking Fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of 
Securities on the related Sinking Fund Payment Date.
               
    (c)   In the event that the Company elects to reduce the amount of any 
Sinking Fund Payment pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.8(a), the notice 
to the Trustee shall also state the amount of such reduction and the basis 
for such reduction as provided in Section 3.8(a).  Notice of redemption of 
the Securities to redeemed on a Sinking Fund Payment Date, selection of such 
Securities and the redemption of such Securities shall be made on the terms 
and in the manner described in Sections 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                           
                                      COVENANTS
                                           

    SECTION 4.1  Payment of Securities.

    The Company shall pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on 
the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided herein and in the 
Securities.  An installment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on 
the Securities shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee 
or Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an 
Affiliate of the Company) holds for the benefit of the Holders, on or before 
10:00 A.M., New York City time on that date, Cash deposited and designated 
for and sufficient to pay such installment.

    The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, 
and on overdue installments of interest, at the rates specified in the 
Securities compounded semi-annually, to the extent lawful.

    SECTION 4.2  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

    The Company shall maintain in the City of Boston, the Commonwealth of 
Massachusetts, an office or agency where Securities may be presented or 
surrendered for payment, where Securities may be surrendered for registration 
of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company 
in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served.  The Company 
shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any 
change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company 
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to 
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such 

                                      A-31

<PAGE>

presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the 
address of the Trustee set forth in Section 12.2.

    The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other 
offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for 
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; 
provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve 
the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the City of 
Boston, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, for such purposes.  The Company 
shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or 
rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or 
agency.  The Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office 
of the Trustee located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts  02110.

    SECTION 4.3  Limitation on Restricted Payments.

    The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, 
directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment, if, after giving effect 
thereto on a pro forma basis, (a) a Default or an Event of Default shall have 
occurred and be continuing, (b) the Company is not permitted to incur at 
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest 
Coverage Ratio in Section 4.11(a) or (c) the aggregate amount of all 
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries, including after 
giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, from and after the Issue 
Date, would exceed the sum of (i) $2,500,000, plus (ii) 50% of the aggregate 
Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one 
accounting period), commencing on the first day of the first full fiscal 
quarter commencing after the Issue Date, to and including the last day of the 
fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the date of each such calculation 
(or, in the event Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, then 
minus 100% of such deficit), plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash 
Proceeds received by the Company and not applied in connection with a 
Qualified Exchange from the issue or sale after the Issue Date of its 
Qualified Capital Stock or its debt securities that have been converted into 
Qualified Capital Stock (other than an issue or sale to a Subsidiary of the 
Company),  including the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company upon the 
exercise, exchange or conversion of such securities into Qualified Capital 
Stock), plus (iv) the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries from its investment in, and the sale, disposition or other 
liquidation of, any Restricted Investment.

    The foregoing clauses (b) and (c) of the immediately preceding paragraph, 
however, will not prohibit (v) a Qualified Exchange, (w) the payment of any 
dividend on Qualified Capital Stock within 60 days after the date of its 
declaration if such dividend could have been made on the date of such 
declaration in compliance with the foregoing provisions, (x) any redemption 
or repurchase or payment on account of Capital Stock of the Company required 
to be made under (i) the Restricted Stock Plans or (ii) the Stock Option 
Plans, in an amount equal to the sum of the exercise prices paid to the 
Company by the holder of such Capital Stock upon the exercise of such stock 
options, (y) (i) any redemption or repurchase by the Company of its Capital 
Stock, (ii) any contribution or dividend paid by the Company to the ESOP or 
(iii) any loan made by the Company to the ESOP, in each case (A) only to the 
extent made in the ordinary course of 

                                      A-32

<PAGE>

business consistent with past practice and pursuant to the terms of the ESOP 
and the provisions of ERISA and the Code and (B) not to exceed in the 
aggregate $300,000 per calendar year and (z) any contribution or dividend 
paid by the ESOP, in each case only to the extent used by the ESOP (i) to pay 
administrative expenses of the ESOP in an amount not to exceed $100,000 per 
year or (ii) to repay Indebtedness of the ESOP owed to the Company or its 
Subsidiaries.  The full amount of any Restricted Payment made pursuant to the 
foregoing clauses (w) and (x) of the immediately preceding sentence, however, 
will be deducted in the calculation of the aggregate amount of Restricted 
Payments available to be made which is referred to in clause (c) of the 
immediately preceding paragraph.

    Not later than the date of making any Restricted Payment, the Company 
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such 
Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the 
calculations required by this Section 4.3 were computed, which calculations 
may be based upon the Company's latest available internal financial 
statements; provided that a failure to so deliver such Officers' Certificate 
shall not constitute a Default if the Company provides the Officers' 
Certificate within 30 days of the date of making such Restricted Payment and 
conclusively demonstrates therein that the Restricted Payment was permitted 
to be made on the date made.  The Trustee may rely on such Officers' 
Certificate without further inquiry.

    SECTION 4.4  Corporate Existence.

    Subject to Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things 
necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate 
existence and the corporate existence of its Subsidiaries in accordance with 
the respective organizational documents of each of them (as the same may be 
amended from time to time) and the rights (charter and statutory) and 
corporate franchises of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries; provided 
that the Company shall not be required to preserve, with respect to any of 
its Subsidiaries, any such existence, right or franchise, if (a) the Board of 
Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no 
longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such entity and (b) the 
loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

    SECTION 4.5  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

    Except with respect to immaterial items, the Company shall, and shall 
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or 
discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes, 
assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any 
penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties and 
assets and (ii) all lawful claims, whether for labor, materials, supplies, 
services or anything else, which have become due and payable and which by law 
have or may become a Lien upon the property and assets of the Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay 
or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, 
charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in 
good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which disputed 

                                      A-33

<PAGE>

amounts adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of 
the Company in accordance with GAAP.

    SECTION 4.6  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance.

    The Company shall cause all material properties used or useful to the 
conduct of its  business and the business of each of its Subsidiaries to be 
maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable 
wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall 
cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments 
and improvements thereof, all as in their reasonable judgment may be 
necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be 
properly conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section 4.6 
shall prevent the Company from discontinuing any operation or maintenance of 
any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance 
or disposal is (a) in the judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, 
desirable in the conduct of the business of such entity and (b) not 
disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

    The Company shall provide, or cause to be provided, for itself and each 
of its Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against 
loss or damage of the kinds that, in the reasonable, good faith opinion of 
the Company is adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of 
the Company and such Subsidiaries.

    SECTION 4.7  Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

    (a)   The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the 
end of its fiscal year (commencing with the Company's 1997 fiscal year) an 
Officers' Certificate complying with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA and stating 
that a review of its activities and the activities of its Subsidiaries during 
the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing 
Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, 
performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further 
stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, whether or not the 
signer knows of any failure by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company 
to comply with any conditions or covenants in this Indenture and, if such 
signer does know of such a failure to comply, the certificate shall describe 
such failure with particularity.  The Officers' Certificate shall also notify 
the Trustee should the relevant fiscal year end on any date other than the 
current fiscal year end date.

    (b)   The Company shall, so long as any of the Securities are 
outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly upon becoming aware of any 
Default or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default 
or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take 
with respect thereto. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of 
any Default, any Event of Default or any such fact unless one of its 
Responsible Officers receives written notice thereof from the Company or any 
of the Holders.

                                      A-34

<PAGE>

    SECTION 4.8  Reports and Other Information.

    Whether or not the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of 
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall deliver to the 
Trustee and to each Holder within 10 days after it is or would have been 
required to file them with the SEC, annual and quarterly financial statements 
substantially equivalent to financial statements that would have been 
included in reports filed with the SEC, if the Company were subject to the 
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, including, with 
respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's 
certified independent public accountants as such would be required in such 
reports to the SEC, and, in each case, together with management's discussion 
and analysis of financial condition and results of operations which would be 
so required.  Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the 
SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports with 
the SEC for public availability (unless the SEC will not accept such a 
filing).

    SECTION 4.9  Limitation on Status as Investment Company.

    Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to 
register as an "investment company" (as that term is defined in the 
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended), or otherwise become subject to 
regulation as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

    SECTION 4.10  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

    The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, 
enter into any contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction with any 
Affiliate (an "Affiliate Transaction") or any series of related Affiliate 
Transactions, unless such Affiliate Transaction is made in good faith, the 
terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company or 
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and are on terms at least as favorable 
as the terms which could be obtained by the Company or such Subsidiary, as 
the case may be, in a comparable transaction made on an arm's-length basis 
with Persons who are not Affiliates; provided that the foregoing restrictions 
shall not apply to Exempted Affiliate Transactions.

    Without limiting the foregoing, any Affiliate Transaction or series of 
related Affiliate Transactions (i) involving consideration to either party in 
excess of $2,000,000, must be evidenced by a resolution of a committee of 
non-employee directors of the Company who are disinterested with respect to 
such transaction (an "Independent Committee"), set forth in an Officers' 
Certificate addressed and delivered to the Trustee, certifying that (a) the 
terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to the Company or 
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and no less favorable to the Company or 
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, than could have been obtained in an 
arm's-length transaction with a non-Affiliate and (b) such Affiliate 
Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of an Independent 
Committee, and (ii) involving consideration to either party in excess of 
$5,000,000 must be evidenced by a resolution of an Independent Committee in 
accordance with the foregoing clause (i) and, prior to 

                                      A-35

<PAGE>

the consummation thereof, an Officers' Certificate addressed and delivered to 
the Trustee certifying to the receipt of (and enclosing a copy of ) a written 
favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction to the Company or 
such Subsidiary, as the case may be, from a financial point of view from an 
independent investment banking firm of national reputation; provided that the 
foregoing restrictions shall not apply to Exempted Affiliate Transactions.  
The Trustee may conclusively rely upon an Officers' Certificate provided in 
accordance with this paragraph that there has been compliance with the 
covenants set forth in the preceding paragraph.

    SECTION 4.11  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness and 
Disqualified Capital Stock.

    (a)   The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, issue, assume, guaranty, incur, become directly 
or indirectly liable with respect to (including as a result of an 
Acquisition), or otherwise become responsible for, contingently or otherwise 
(individually and collectively, to "incur" or, as appropriate, an 
"incurrence"), any Funded Recourse Debt (including Acquired Indebtedness) or 
any Disqualified Capital Stock; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, 
(i) the Company may, and may permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur Funded 
Recourse Debt (including Acquired Recourse Debt) or Disqualified Capital 
Stock if (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing at the time of, or would occur after giving effect on a pro forma 
basis to, such incurrence of Funded Recourse Debt or Disqualified Capital 
Stock and the application of the proceeds therefrom and (B) on the date of 
such incurrence (the "Incurrence Date"), the Consolidated Interest Coverage 
Ratio of the Company for the Reference Period immediately preceding the 
Incurrence Date, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such incurrence 
of such Funded Recourse Debt or Disqualified Capital Stock and, to the extent 
set forth in the definition of Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, the use 
of proceeds therefrom, would be at least 1.55 to 1.0 and (ii) the Company 
may, and may permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur any Permitted Recourse 
Debt (including, without limitation, Secured Portfolio Debt) .

    (b)   The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, incur any unsecured 
Funded Recourse Debt unless such unsecured Funded Recourse Debt is 
subordinated in right of payment to payment of the Securities upon terms and 
conditions no less favorable to the Holders that the subordination provisions 
contained in Article XI of this Indenture. 

    (c)   The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries 
to, directly or indirectly, incur any unsecured Funded Recourse Debt which by 
its terms (or by the terms of any agreement covering such Funded Recourse 
Debt) is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company unless such 
unsecured Funded Recourse Debt is also by its terms (or by the terms of any 
agreement covering such Funded Recourse Debt) made expressly subordinate to 
the Securities to the same extent and in the same manner as such unsecured 
Funded Recourse Debt is subordinated pursuant to subordination provisions 
that are most favorable to the holders of any other Indebtedness of the 
Company.  Unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to 
secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured.

                                      A-36

<PAGE>

    (d)   Indebtedness of any Person which is outstanding at the time such 
Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or is merged with or into or 
consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed 
to have been incurred at the time such Person becomes such a Subsidiary of 
the Company or is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a 
Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable.

    SECTION 4.12  Limitations on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions 
Affecting Subsidiaries.

    The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of  its Subsidiaries to, 
directly or indirectly, create, assume or suffer to exist any consensual 
restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends 
or make other distributions to or on behalf of, or otherwise to transfer 
assets or property to, or make or pay loans or advances to or on behalf of, 
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, except (a) restrictions imposed 
by the Securities or this Indenture, (b) restrictions imposed by applicable 
law, (c) existing restrictions under specified Indebtedness outstanding on 
the Issue Date or under any Acquired Indebtedness not incurred in violation 
of this Indenture or any agreement relating to any property, asset, or 
business acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which 
restrictions, in each case, existed at the time of acquisition, were not put 
in place in connection with or in anticipation of such acquisition and are 
not applicable to any Person, other than to the Person acquired, or to any 
property, asset or business, other than the property, assets and business so 
acquired, (d) any such restriction or requirement imposed by Indebtedness of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries under the Revolver Agreement (including any 
Indebtedness issued to refinance, refund or replace such Indebtedness in 
whole or in part, including any extended maturity or increase in the amount 
thereof); provided that such restriction or requirement is no more 
restrictive than that imposed by the Revolver Agreement in effect as of the 
Issue Date, (e) restrictions with respect solely to a Subsidiary of the 
Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into 
for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock 
or assets of such Subsidiary; provided that such restrictions apply solely to 
the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary which are being sold, (f) in 
connection with and pursuant to permitted Refinancings, replacements of 
restrictions imposed pursuant to clause (c) of this paragraph that are not 
more restrictive than those being replaced and do not apply to any other 
Person or assets than those that would have been covered by the restrictions 
in the Indebtedness so refinanced, (g) any such restriction or requirement 
imposed by non-recourse or limited-recourse Indebtedness of  "special 
purpose" Subsidiary of the Company which was or is incurred solely in 
connection with the securitization of Customer Receivables in the ordinary 
course of business consistent with past practice and (h) any Lien permitted 
by the provisions of Section 4.13 hereof.

    SECTION 4.13  Limitation on Liens.

    The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, 
directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on 
any of their respective Non-Receivable Assets, whether now owned or 
hereinafter acquired, securing any Funded Recourse Debt of the Company unless 
the Securities are equally and ratably secured; provided that (i) the 

                                      A-37

<PAGE>

foregoing restrictions shall not prohibit the Company or its Subsidiaries 
from incurring Permitted Liens and (ii) if such Funded Recourse Debt is by 
its terms expressly subordinate to the Securities, the Lien securing such 
Funded Recourse Debt shall be subordinate and junior to the Lien securing the 
Securities or the Guarantees, with the same relative priority as such 
subordinated Funded Recourse Debt shall have with respect to the Securities.

    SECTION 4.14  Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

    The Company hereby covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) 
that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever 
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any 
usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from 
paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest 
on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any 
time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance 
of this Indenture; and (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) the Company 
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and 
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power 
herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of 
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

    SECTION 4.15  Limitation on Lines of Business.

    Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall directly or 
indirectly engage to any substantial extent in any line or lines of business 
activity other than that which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of the 
Board of Directors of the Company, is a Related Business.

    SECTION 4.16  Repurchase of Securities Upon Death of Holder.

    (a)   Option Upon Death Of Holders.  Upon the death of any Holder of 
Securities, and upon the further receipt by the Company of a written request 
for repurchase and the other documents referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and 
(iii) below, and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in subsection (b) 
below, the Company shall be required to pay, in accordance with the terms of 
this Section 4.16, the Repurchase Price of, and (except if the Repurchase 
Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on all or such 
portion (which portion shall be an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of 
the minimum authorized denomination) of the Security or Securities held by 
the deceased Holder at the date of such Holder's death as requested, provided 
that the Company shall not be required to make repurchase payments 
aggregating more than (i) $25,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest) 
in any calendar year on a Security or Securities held by any one deceased 
Holder or (ii) $250,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest) in any 
calendar year on Securities held by any number of deceased Holders (the 
"Maximum Annual Repurchase Amount").  Subject to subsection (b) below, the 
repurchase of such Securities shall be made in the order in which requests 
therefor are received (subject to the aforesaid Maximum Annual Repurchase 
Amount limitation) within 30 days following receipt by the Company or the 
Trustee of the following:

                                      A-38

<PAGE>

          (i)   a written request for repurchase of the Security or 
    Securities signed by a duly authorized representative of the Holder, 
    which request shall set forth the name of the deceased Holder, the date 
    of death of the deceased Holder, and the principal amount of the Security 
    or Securities to be repaid;

          (ii)  the certificates (if any other than with respect to a global 
    Security) representing the Security or Securities to be repaid; and
               
          (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee of the 
    death of such deceased Holder and the authority of the representative to 
    such extent as may be required by the Trustee.

    Securities not repaid in any calendar year because of the Maximum Annual 
Repurchase Amount limitation may be held by the Trustee at the request of the 
authorized representative of the deceased Holder and repaid in subsequent 
years in the order in which such Securities are received.

    Authorized representatives of a Holder shall include the following:  
executors, administrators or other legal representatives of an estate; 
trustees of a trust; joint owners of Securities owned in joint tenancy or 
tenancy by the entirety; custodians; conservators; guardians; 
attorneys-in-fact; and other Persons generally recognized as having legal 
authority to act on behalf of another.  For purposes of this Section 4.16, 
the death of a Person owning a Security or Securities in joint tenancy or 
tenancy by the entirety with another or others shall be deemed the death of 
the Holder of the Security or Securities, and the entire principal amount of 
the Security or Securities so held shall be subject to repurchase, together 
with accrued interest thereon to the Repurchase Date, in accordance with the 
provisions of this Section 4.16, the death of a Person owning a Security or 
Securities by tenancy in common shall be deemed the death of a Holder of 
Security or Securities only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in 
the Security or Securities so held by tenancy in common; except that in the 
event a Security or Securities are held by husband and wife as tenants in 
common, the death of either shall be deemed the death of the Holder of the 
Security or Securities, and the entire principal amount of the Security or 
Securities so held shall be subject to repurchase in accordance with the 
provisions of this Section.  A Person who, during such Person's lifetime, was 
entitled to substantially all of the beneficial interests of ownership of 
Securities will, upon such Person's death, be deemed the Holder thereof for 
purposes of this Section, regardless of the registered holder, if such 
beneficial interest can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee.  
Such beneficial interest will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee 
ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers (or Gifts) to Minors Act, 
community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband 
and wife, and trust arrangements where one Person has substantially all of 
the beneficial ownership interests in Securities during such Person's 
lifetime.  Beneficial interests shall include the power to sell, transfer or 
otherwise dispose of Securities and the right to receive the proceeds 
therefrom, as well as principal thereof and interest thereon.

    If Securities are then issued in global form, the Company or the Trustee may
adopt appropriate procedures to allow beneficial owners of Securities to obtain
payment in accordance 

                                      A-39

<PAGE>

with the requirements of the Depository in the event of a request for 
repurchase of the Securities pursuant to this Section 4.16.

    (b)   Conditions to Repurchase.  A Security or Securities held by the 
deceased Holder shall not be entitled to repurchase pursuant to this Section 
unless all of the following conditions are met:

          (i)   the Securities to be repaid shall have been registered on the 
    Security register in the name of the deceased Holder (or, in the case of 
    a Security in global form, there is evidence that the deceased was the 
    Holder) since the issue date of such Securities or for a period of at 
    least six months prior to the date of the deceased Holder's death, 
    whichever is less;
               
          (ii)  the Company or the Trustee shall have received a written 
    request for repurchase within one year after the date of the deceased 
    Holder's death or, in the case of requests for a subsequent repurchase of 
    a Security or Securities held by such deceased Holder, within one year 
    after any such preceding request;
               
          (iii) the Company shall not, after giving effect to such 
    repurchase, have made repurchase payments aggregating more than the 
    Maximum Annual Repurchase Amount in principal amount (plus accrued 
    interest) of Securities within the then current calendar year;
               
          (iv)  the Company shall not, after giving effect to such repurchase,
     be in default with respect to any Funded Recourse Debt; and
               
          (v)   the Company shall not be subject to any law, regulation, 
    agreement or administrative directive preventing such repurchase.

    (c)   Deposit of Repurchase Price.  Within 30 days after the receipt by 
the Company or the Trustee of any request for repurchase of a Security or 
Securities or any portion thereof duly made pursuant to this Section 4.16, 
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the 
Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an 
amount of Cash sufficient to pay the Repurchase Price of, and (except if the 
Repurchase Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on 
all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be repaid on that date.

    (d)   Securities Payable on Repurchase Date.  A written request having 
been made as described above, the Security or Securities so to be repurchased 
shall, on the Repurchase Date, become due and payable at the Repurchase 
Price, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the 
payment of the Repurchase Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall 
cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Security for repurchase 
in accordance with said request, such Security shall be paid by the Company 
at the Repurchase Price, together with any accrued interest to the Repurchase 
Date; provided that installments of interest on Securities whose stated 
maturity is on or prior to the Repurchase Date shall be payable to the 
Holders of such Securities, registered as such at the close of business on 
the record dates therefor 

                                      A-40

<PAGE>

according to their terms.  If any Security to be repurchased shall not be so 
repurchased upon surrender thereof for repurchase, the principal, until paid, 
shall bear interest from the Repurchase Date at the rate prescribed therefor 
in the Security.

    (e)   Securities Repurchased in Part.  Any Security which is to be repaid 
only in part shall be surrendered at any office or agency for such Security 
(with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a 
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the 
Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly 
authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall 
authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service 
charge, a new Security or Securities, containing identical terms and 
provisions, of any authorized denomination (in integral multiples of $1,000) 
as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in 
exchange for the unpaid portion of the principal of the Security so 
surrendered.  If a Security in global form is so surrendered, the Company 
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the 
Depository for such Security in global form as shall be specified in the 
Officers Certificate with respect thereto to the Trustee, without service 
charge, a new Security in global form in a denomination equal to and in 
exchange for the unpaid portion of the principal of the Security in global 
form so surrendered.

                                      ARTICLE V
                                           
                                SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
                                           

    SECTION 5.1  Limitation on Merger, Sale or Consolidation.

    (a)   The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate with or 
merge with or into another Person or sell, lease, convey or transfer all or 
substantially all of its assets (computed on a consolidated basis), whether 
in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to another 
Person or group of affiliated Persons, unless (i) either (A) the Company is 
the continuing entity or (B) the resulting, surviving or transferee entity is 
a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state 
thereof or the District of Columbia and expressly assumes by supplemental 
indenture all of the obligations of the Company in connection with the 
Securities and this Indenture; (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall 
exist or shall occur immediately before or after giving effect on a pro forma 
basis to such transaction; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such 
transaction on a pro forma basis, the Consolidated Net Worth of the 
consolidated resulting, surviving or transferee entity is at least equal to 
the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such 
transaction; and (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on 
a pro forma basis, the consolidated resulting, surviving or transferee entity 
would immediately thereafter be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of 
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio 
set forth in Section 4.11(a) hereof.

    (b)   For purposes of clause (a), the sale, lease, conveyance, 
assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the 
properties and assets of one or more 

                                      A-41

<PAGE>

Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the 
Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially 
all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, 
shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the 
properties and assets of the Company.

    SECTION 5.2  Successor Corporation Substituted.

    Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or substantially 
all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the 
successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company 
is merged or to which such transfer is made, shall succeed to, and be 
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under 
this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been 
named herein as the Company, and when a successor corporation duly assumes 
all of the obligations of the Company pursuant hereto and pursuant to the 
Securities, the Company shall be released from such obligations (except with 
respect to any obligations that arise from, or are related to, such 
transaction).

                                      ARTICLE VI
                                           
                            EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
                                           

    SECTION 6.1  Events of Default.

    "Event of Default," wherever used herein, means any one of the following 
events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be 
caused voluntarily or involuntarily or effected, without limitation, by 
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or 
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

    (1)   failure by the Company to pay any installment of interest upon the 
Securities as and when the same becomes due and payable, and the continuance 
of such default for a period of 15 days;

    (2)   failure by the Company to pay all or any part of the principal of, 
or premium, if any, on the Securities when and as the same becomes due and 
payable at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or 
otherwise, including, without limitation, payment of the Change of Control 
Purchase Price in accordance with Article X;

    (3)   failure by the Company to comply with the provisions of Article V;

    (4)   failure by the Company to observe or perform any covenant or 
agreement contained in the Securities or this Indenture (other than a default 
in the performance of any covenant or agreement which is specifically dealt 
with elsewhere in this Section 6.1), and 

                                      A-42

<PAGE>

continuance of such failure for a period of 30 days after there has been 
given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee, or to 
the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal 
amount of the outstanding Securities, a written notice specifying such 
default or breach, requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice 
is a "Notice of Default" hereunder;

    (5)   a default under Indebtedness of the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $1,000,000 (a) 
resulting from the failure to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest 
on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in 
such Indebtedness or (b) as a result of which the maturity of such 
Indebtedness has been accelerated prior to its stated maturity;

         (6)   the failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay 
final judgments aggregating in excess of $1,000,000 if (A) any creditor has 
commenced an enforcement proceeding with respect to such final judgments or 
(B) such final judgments remain undischarged for a period (during which 
execution shall not be effectively stayed) of 30 days after their entry;
               
         (7)   a decree, judgment or order by a court of competent 
jurisdiction shall have been entered adjudicating the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a 
petition seeking reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
under any bankruptcy or similar law, and such decree or order shall have 
continued undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or a decree or 
order of a court of competent jurisdiction over the appointment of a 
Custodian of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or of the property of 
any such Person, or for the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of any 
such Person, shall have been entered, and such decree, judgment or order 
shall have remained in force undischarged and unstayed for a period of 60 
days; or
               
         (8)   the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall institute 
proceedings to be adjudicated a voluntary bankrupt, or shall consent to the 
filing of a bankruptcy proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or 
answer or consent seeking reorganization under any bankruptcy or similar law 
or similar statute, or shall consent to the filing of any such petition, or 
shall consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or any of its assets or 
property, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or 
shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they 
become due, or shall, within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, become 
insolvent, fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or take any 
corporate action in furtherance of or to facilitate, conditionally or 
otherwise, any of the foregoing.

    Notwithstanding the 30-day period and notice requirement contained in 
Section 6.1(4) above, (i) with respect to a default under Article X the 
30-day period referred to in Section 6.1(4) shall be deemed to have begun as 
of the date the Change of Control notice is required to be sent in the event 
that the Company has not complied with the provisions of Section 10.1, and 
the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding 
Securities thereafter give the Notice of Default referred to in Section 
6.1(4) to the Company and, if applicable, the Trustee; provided that if the 
breach or default is a result of a default in the payment when due of 

                                      A-43

<PAGE>

the Change of Control Purchase Price, such default shall be deemed, for 
purposes of this Section 6.1, to arise no later than on such due date.

    If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee must, within 90 days 
after the occurrence of such Default, give to the Holders notice of such 
default.

    SECTION 6.2  Acceleration of Maturity Date; Rescission and Annulment.

    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of 
Default specified in Section 6.1(7) or (8) relating to the Company or any of 
its Subsidiaries), then, and in every such case, unless the principal of all 
of the Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the 
Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of 
then outstanding Securities, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the 
Trustee if given by Holders) (an "Acceleration Notice"), may declare all 
principal (and premium, if any) and accrued interest thereon of the 
Securities (or the Change of Control Payment if the Event of Default includes 
failure to pay the Change of Control Payment), determined as set forth below, 
to be due and payable immediately; provided that in the event a declaration 
of acceleration (or a Default which, after the giving of notice, the lapse of 
time or both) resulting from an Event of Default described in Section 6.1(5) 
or (6) above has occurred and is continuing, such declaration of acceleration 
or such Default, as the case may be, shall be automatically annulled if such 
default is cured or waived or the holders of the Indebtedness which is the 
subject of such default have rescinded their declaration of acceleration in 
respect of such Indebtedness within 30 days thereof (in the case of an Event 
of Default under Section 6.1(5) above) or 45 days thereof (in the case of an 
Event of Default under Section 6.1(6) above) and the Trustee has received 
written notice of such cure, waiver or rescission and no other Event of 
Default described in Section 6.1(5) or (6) as applicable, has occurred that 
has not been cured or waived, or as to which the declaration has not been 
rescinded, within such specified number of days of the declaration of such 
acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness. If an Event of Default 
specified in Section 6.1(7) or (8) relating to the Company or any Subsidiary 
occurs, all principal (and premium, if any) and accrued interest thereon will 
be immediately due and payable on all outstanding Securities without any 
declaration or other act on the part of Trustee or the Holders.

    At any time after such a declaration of acceleration being made and 
before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by 
the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article VI, the Holders of a 
majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Securities, by 
written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind, on behalf of all 
Holders, any such declaration of acceleration if:

    (1)   the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee Cash sufficient 
to pay:

          (A)   all overdue interest on all Securities,

          (B)   the principal of, and premium, if any, payable with respect 
    to any Securities which would become due other than by reason of such 
    declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate borne by 
    the Securities,

                                      A-44

<PAGE>

          (C)   to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, 
    interest upon overdue interest at the rates set forth in the Securities,

         (D)   all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the 
    compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its 
    agents and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 
    7.7, and

    (2)   all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the principal 
of, premium, if any, and interest on Securities which have become due solely 
by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in 
Section 6.12, including, if applicable, any Event of Default relating to the 
covenants contained in Section 10.1.

    Notwithstanding the previous sentence of this Section 6.2, no waiver 
shall be effective against any Holder for any Event of Default or event which 
with notice or lapse of time or both would be an Event of Default with 
respect to any covenant or provision which cannot be modified or amended 
without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected 
thereby, unless all such affected Holders agree, in writing, to waive such 
Event of Default or other event. No such waiver shall cure or waive any 
subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

    SECTION 6.3  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by 
Trustee.

    The Company covenants that if an Event of Default in payment of 
principal, premium or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 
occurs and is continuing, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay 
to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the whole amount 
then due and payable on such Securities for principal, premium, if any, and 
interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally 
enforceable, interest on any overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest 
at the rates set forth in the Securities, and, in addition thereto, such 
further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of 
collection, including compensation to, and expenses, disbursements and 
advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel and all other amounts due 
to the Trustee under Section 7.7.

    If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the 
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust in favor of the 
Holders, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums 
so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree 
and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the 
Securities and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the 
manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other 
obligor upon the Securities, wherever situated.

    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its 
discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the 
Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem 
most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, 

                                      A-45

<PAGE>

whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this 
Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to 
enforce any other proper remedy.

    SECTION 6.4  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

    In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, 
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other 
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the 
Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their 
creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the 
Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by 
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have 
made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal, premium, 
if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such 
proceeding or otherwise to take any and all actions under the TIA, including:

    (1)   to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal, 
premium, if any, or interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities 
and to file such other papers or documents and take such other actions, 
including participating as a member of any committee of creditors appointed 
in the matter, as the Trustee may deem necessary or advisable in order to 
have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable 
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its 
agent and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7) 
and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

    (2)   to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or 
deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any Custodian is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments 
to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making 
of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount 
due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances 
of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the 
Trustee under Section 7.7.

    Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to 
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan 
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the 
Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to 
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

    SECTION 6.5  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

    All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities 
may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any 
of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating 
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought 
in its own name as trustee of an express trust in favor of the Holders, and 
any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of 
compensation to, and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and 
its agents and counsel and all other amounts due 

                                      A-46

<PAGE>

the Trustee under Section 7.7, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of 
the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

    SECTION 6.6  Priorities.

    Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be 
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee 
and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal, 
premium, if any, or interest upon presentation of the Securities and the 
notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender 
thereof if fully paid:

    FIRST:  To the Trustee in payment of all amounts due pursuant to Section 
7.7;

    SECOND:  To the Holders in payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for 
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities in respect of 
which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, 
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and 
payable on such Securities for principal, premium, if any, or interest, 
respectively; and

    THIRD:  To the Company or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled 
thereto, the remainder, if any.

    The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date and 
payment date for any payment to the Holders under this Section 6.6.

    SECTION 6.7  Limitation on Suits.

    No Holder or Holders of any Security or Securities shall have any right 
to order or direct the Trustee to institute any proceeding, judicial or 
otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a 
receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

    (A)   such Holder or Holders have previously given written notice to the 
Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

    (B)   the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of 
then outstanding Securities shall have made written request to the Trustee to 
institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as 
Trustee hereunder;

    (C)   such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable 
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be 
incurred or reasonably probable to be incurred in compliance with such 
request;

    (D)   the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request 
and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

                                      A-47

<PAGE>

    (E)   no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given 
to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in 
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any 
right in any manner whatsoever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision 
of this Indenture or the Securities to affect, disturb or prejudice the 
rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or 
preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this 
Indenture or the Securities, except in the manner herein provided and for the 
equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders.

    SECTION 6.8  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium 
and Interest.

    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the Holder of any 
Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to 
receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on 
such Security on the dates such payments are required to be made, as set 
forth in such Security (in the case of redemption, the Redemption Price on 
the applicable Redemption Date and in the case of the Change of Control 
Purchase Price, on the applicable Change of Control Payment Date) and to 
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment after such respective 
dates, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such 
Holder.

    SECTION 6.9  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

    Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment 
of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in Section 2.7, no right 
or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders 
is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and 
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition 
to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing 
at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or 
remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or 
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

    SECTION 6.10  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

    No delay or omission by the Trustee or by any Holder of any Security to 
exercise any right or remedy arising upon any Event of Default shall impair 
the exercise of any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such 
Event of Default.  Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law 
to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as 
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the 
case may be.

                                      A-48


<PAGE>

    SECTION 6.11  Control by Holders.

    The Holder or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then 
outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct the time, method and 
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or 
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee; provided that:

    (1)   such direction shall not be in conflict with any applicable law 
(including the TIA) or with this Indenture,

    (2)   the Trustee shall not determine that the action so directed would 
be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction or 
may subject the Trustee to personal liability, and

    (3)   the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee 
which is not inconsistent with such direction.

    The record date for purposes of determining the identity of the Holders 
of the Securities entitled to vote or consent to any action pursuant to this 
Section 6.11 shall be determined as provided for in TIA Section 3.16(c).

    SECTION 6.12  Waiver of Past Default.

    Subject to Section 6.8, prior to the declaration of acceleration of the 
maturity of the Securities, the Holder or Holders of not less than a majority 
in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities may, on behalf of 
all Holders, waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except a 
default:

    (A)   in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on 
any Security as specified in clauses (1) and (2) of Section 6.1 which has not 
yet been cured; or

    (B)   in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which, under Article 
IX, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each 
outstanding Security affected thereby.

    Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of 
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every 
purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent 
or other default or impair the exercise of any right arising therefrom.

    SECTION 6.13  Undertaking for Costs.

    All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by 
his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that in any suit for 
the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit 
against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or 

                                      A-49

<PAGE>

omitted to be taken by it as Trustee, any court may in its discretion require 
the filing by any party to such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of 
such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, 
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party to such suit, having 
due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by 
such party; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.13 shall not apply 
to any suit instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, 
to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the 
aggregate more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 
Securities, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for enforcement of the 
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security on or 
after the respective Maturity Date set forth in such Security (including, in 
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

    SECTION 6.14  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

    If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any 
right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been 
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to 
the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every case, subject to any 
determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders 
shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions 
hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the 
Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                           
                                       TRUSTEE
                                           
    The Trustee hereby accepts the trust imposed upon it by this Indenture 
and covenants and agrees to perform the same, as herein expressed.

    SECTION 7.1  Duties of Trustee.

    (a)   If a Default or an Event of Default actually known to the Trustee 
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights 
and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and 
skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the 
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

    (b)   Except during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

          (1)   The Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically 
    set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no covenants or obligations 
    shall be implied in or read into this Indenture which are adverse to the 
    Trustee, and
                 
          (2)   In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may 
    conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness 
    of the opinions expressed therein, 

                                      A-50

<PAGE>

    upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to 
    the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such 
    certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically 
    required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the 
    certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the 
    requirements of this Indenture.

    (c)   The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own 
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful 
misconduct, except that:

          (1)   This paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of 
    this Section 7.1,
                    
          (2)   The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment 
    made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the 
    Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts, and
                    
          (3)   The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it 
    takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction 
    received by it pursuant to Section 6.11.

    (d)   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend 
or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the 
performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any 
action under this Indenture or at the request, order or direction of the 
Holders or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have 
reasonable grounds for believing that repurchase of such funds or adequate 
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

    (e)   Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the 
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d) and (f) of this Section 
7.1.

    (f)   The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any assets received 
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Assets 
held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other assets except 
to the extent required by law.

    SECTION 7.2  Rights of Trustee.

    Subject to Section 7.1:

    (a)   The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine 
and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need 
not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

    (b)   Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult 
with counsel and may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of 
Counsel, which shall conform to Sections 

                                      A-51

<PAGE>

12.4 and 12.5.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or 
omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or advice of 
counsel.

    (c)   The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not 
be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than any 
agent who is an employee of the Trustee) appointed with due care.

    (d)   The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to 
take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or 
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture, nor for any action permitted to 
be taken or omitted hereunder by any Agent.

    (e)   The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the 
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, 
instrument, opinion, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, 
debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may 
make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it 
may see fit.

    (f)   The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the 
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or 
direction of any of the Holders, pursuant to the provisions of this 
Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable 
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may 
be incurred therein or thereby.

    (g)   Unless otherwise specifically provided for in this Indenture, any 
demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if 
signed by an officer of the Company.

    (h)   The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of 
the Company's covenants in Article IV hereof.  In addition, the Trustee shall 
not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except (i) 
any Event of Default occurring pursuant to Sections 5.1, 6.1(1), 6.1(2) or 
(ii) any Default or Event of Default of which the Trustee shall have received 
written notification or obtained actual knowledge.

    (i)   Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall 
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, 
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other 
evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith 
on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate or, as to the amount and 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt, upon the certificate of the company's 
independent auditors.

    SECTION 7.3  Individual Rights of Trustee.

    The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the 
owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company, any 
of its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it 
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like 
rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee must comply with Sections 
7.10 and 7.11 at all times.

                                      A-52

<PAGE>

    SECTION 7.4  Trustee's Disclaimer.

    The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of 
this Indenture or the Securities and it shall not be accountable for the 
Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be 
responsible for any statement in the Securities, other than the Trustee's 
certificate of authentication (if executed by the Trustee), or the use or 
application of any funds received by a Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

    SECTION 7.5  Notice of Default.

    If a Default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is 
known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail at the Company's expense to each 
Securityholder notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 
days after such Default or Event of Default occurs. Except in the case of a 
Default or an Event of Default in payment of, principal of or premium, if 
any, or interest on any Security (including the payment of the Change of 
Control Purchase Price on the Change of Control Payment Date and the payment 
of the Redemption Price on the Redemption Date), the Trustee may withhold the 
notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer in good faith determines that 
withholding the notice is in the interest of the Securityholders.

    SECTION 7.6  Reports by Trustee to Holders.

    Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the 
date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall, if required by law, mail to each 
Securityholder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA 
Section 313(a).  The Trustee shall also comply with TIA Sections 313(b) and 
313(c).

    The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing if the 
Securities become listed on any stock exchange or automatic quotation system.

    A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall 
be mailed to the Trustee and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange, if 
any, on which the Securities are listed.

    SECTION 7.7  Compensation and Indemnity.

    The Company agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable 
compensation for its services.  The Trustee's compensation shall not be 
limited by any law concerning the compensation of a trustee of an express 
trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all 
reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it in 
accordance with this Indenture.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable 
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents, 
accountants, experts and counsel.

                                      A-53

<PAGE>

    The Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee (in its capacity as Trustee) 
and each of its officers, directors, attorneys-in-fact and agents for, and 
hold it harmless against, any claim, demand, expense (including but not 
limited to reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the 
Trustee's agents and counsel), loss or liability incurred by it without 
negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in 
connection with the administration of this trust and its rights or duties 
hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself 
against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance 
of any of its powers or duties hereunder.  The Trustee shall notify the 
Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may 
seek indemnity.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall 
provide reasonable cooperation at the Company's expense in the defense.  The 
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable 
fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Company will not be 
required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the Trustee's defense 
and there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in 
connection with such defense.  The Company need not pay for any settlement 
made without its written consent.  The Company need not reimburse any expense 
or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the 
Trustee through its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

    To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the 
Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities on all assets held or 
collected by the Trustee in its capacity as Trustee, except assets held in 
trust to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities.

    When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of 
Default specified in Section 6.1(7) or (8) occurs, the expenses and the 
compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of 
administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

    The Company's obligations under this Section 7.7 and any lien arising 
hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the 
discharge of the Company's obligations pursuant to Article VIII of this 
Indenture and any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any 
Bankruptcy Law.

    SECTION 7.8  Replacement of Trustee.

    The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company in writing, to become 
effective upon the appointment of a successor trustee.  The Holder or Holders 
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities may 
remove the Trustee by so notifying the Company and the Trustee in writing and 
may appoint a successor trustee with the Company's consent.  The Company may 
remove the Trustee if:

    (a)   the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

    (b)   the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

                                      A-54

<PAGE>

    (c)   a receiver, Custodian or other public officer takes charge of the 
Trustee or its property; or

    (d)   the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

    If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office 
of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor 
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holder 
or Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may 
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the 
Company.

    A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment 
to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Immediately after that and 
provided that all sums owing to the retiring Trustee provided for in Section 
7.7 have been paid, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by 
it as trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided in 
Section 7.7, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become 
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and 
duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  A successor Trustee shall mail 
notice of its succession to each Holder.

    If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the 
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or 
the Holder or Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the 
outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for 
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

    If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may 
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee 
and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

    Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, 
the Company's obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of 
the retiring Trustee.

    SECTION 7.9  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

    If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers 
all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another 
corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any 
further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is 
otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

    SECTION 7.10  Eligibility; Disqualification.

    The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 
310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and 
surplus of at least $25,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published 
annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b).

                                      A-55

<PAGE>

    SECTION 7.11  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

    The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor 
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or 
been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                           
                      LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE;
                              SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
                                           

    SECTION 8.1  Option to Effect Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

    The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have Section 8.2 
or Section 8.3 applied to all outstanding Securities upon compliance with the 
conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

    SECTION 8.2  Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

    Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to 
this Section 8.2, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from 
their respective obligations with respect to all outstanding Securities on 
the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal 
Defeasance").  For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Company 
shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness 
represented by the outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed 
to be "outstanding" only for the purposes of Section 8.5 and the other 
Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and the Company 
shall be deemed to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such 
Securities and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the 
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the 
same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise 
terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding 
Securities to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.4, 
and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the 
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Securities when such 
payments are due, (b) the Company's obligations with respect to such 
Securities under Sections 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2, (c) the rights, 
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the 
obligations of the Company in connection therewith and (d) this Article VIII. 
Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its 
option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its 
option under Section 8.3 with respect to the Securities.

                                      A-56

<PAGE>

    SECTION 8.3  Covenant Defeasance.

    Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to 
this Section 8.3, the Company shall be released from its obligations under 
the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 
4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 and Article V with respect to the outstanding 
Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied 
(hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Securities shall thereafter be 
deemed not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent 
or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in 
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding" 
for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance 
means that, with respect to the outstanding Securities, the Company need not 
comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or 
limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by 
reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of 
any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any 
other document (and Sections 6.1(3) and (4) shall not apply to any such 
covenant), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture 
and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the 
Company's exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 
8.3, Sections 6.1(5) and 6.1(6) shall not constitute Events of Default.

    SECTION 8.4  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

    The following shall be the conditions to the application of either 
Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 to the outstanding Securities:

    (a)   The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be 
deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of 
Section 7.10 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article 
VIII applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the 
following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated 
solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, (i) Cash in an 
amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled 
payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their 
terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any 
payment, Cash in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, in such amounts, 
as in each case will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized 
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification 
thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be 
applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, 
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the outstanding Securities 
on the stated maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may 
be, of such principal or installment of principal, premium, or interest; 
provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply 
such Cash and the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to said 
payments with respect to the Securities and the Holders of Securities must 
have a valid, perfected, fist priority security interest in such trust.

    (b)   In the case of an election under Section 8.2, the Company shall 
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that (i) the 
Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal 
Revenue Service, a ruling or (ii) since the date hereof, there has been a 
change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect 
that, and 

                                      A-57

<PAGE>

based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding 
Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax 
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Federal 
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as 
would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

    (c)   In the case of an election under Section 8.3, the Company shall 
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the 
Holders of the outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss 
for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and 
will be subject to Federal income tax in the same amounts, in the same manner 
and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance 
had not occurred;

    (d)   No Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall 
have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as 
Section 6.1(7) or 6.1(8) is concerned, at any time in the period ending on 
the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this 
condition is a condition subsequent which shall not be deemed satisfied until 
the expiration of such period, but in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the 
covenants which are defeased under Section 8.3 will cease to be in effect 
unless an Event of Default under Section 6.1(7) or 6.1(8) occurs during such 
period);

    (e)   Such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a 
breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any 
other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound;

    (f)   The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' 
Certificate stating that the deposit made by the Company pursuant to its 
election under Section 8.2 or 8.3 was not made by the Company with the intent 
of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the 
intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of 
the Company or others; and

    (g)   The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' 
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions 
precedent provided for in, in the case of the Officers' Certificate, (a) 
through (f) and, in the case of the Opinion of Counsel, clauses (a) (with 
respect to the validity and perfection of the security interest), (b) (if 
applicable), (c) and (e) of this Section 8.4 have been complied with.

    SECTION 8.5  Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in 
Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

    Subject to Section 8.6, all Cash and U.S. Government Obligations 
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other 
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the 
"Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.4 in respect of the outstanding Securities 
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the 
provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either 
directly or through any Paying Agent as 

                                      A-58

<PAGE>

the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due 
and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and 
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to 
the extent required by law.

    SECTION 8.6  Repayment to the Company.

    (a)   Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the 
Trustee or the Paying Agent, as applicable, shall deliver or pay to the 
Company from time to time, upon the request of the Company, any Cash or U.S. 
Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which in 
the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants 
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which 
may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of 
the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an 
equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

    (b)   Any Cash and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds 
thereof) deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the 
Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or 
interest on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such 
principal, premium or interest have become due and payable shall be paid to 
the Company on its request, and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter 
look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the 
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon 
cease; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required 
to make any such repurchase, may at the expense of the Company cause to be 
published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national 
edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date 
specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such 
notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then 
remaining will be repaid to the Company.

    SECTION 8.7  Reinstatement.

    If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any Cash or U.S. 
Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3, as the case may 
be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority 
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the 
obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities shall be 
revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 
8.2 or 8.3 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to 
apply such money in accordance with Section 8.2 and 8.3, as the case may be; 
provided that if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if 
any, or interest on any Security following the reinstatement of its 
obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of 
such Securities to receive such payment from the Cash or U.S. Government 
Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                                      A-59

<PAGE>

    SECTION 8.8  Satisfaction and Discharge.

    In addition to the Company's rights under Section 8.1, the Company may 
terminate all of its obligations under this Indenture when:

    (1)   all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than 
    Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been 
    replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.7) have been delivered to the 
    Trustee for cancellation;

    (2)   the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable 
    hereunder and under the Securities; and

    (3)   the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate 
    and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent 
    specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this 
    Indenture have been complied with.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                           
                         AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
                                           

    SECTION 9.1  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

    Without the consent of any Holder, the Company (when authorized by Board 
Resolutions) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter 
into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the 
Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

    (1)   to cure any ambiguity, defect, typographical error or 
inconsistency, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or 
questions arising under this Indenture which shall not be inconsistent with 
the provisions of this Indenture, provided such action pursuant to this 
clause (1) shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holder in any 
respect;

    (2)   to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place 
of certificated Securities;

    (3)   to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the 
Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company 
or to make any other change that does not adversely affect the legal rights 
of any Holder under this Indenture, provided, that the Company has delivered 
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that such change does not 
adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

    (4)   to provide collateral for the Securities or additional obligors 
upon, or guarantors of payment of, the Securities;

                                      A-60

<PAGE>

    (5)   to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and 
the assumption by any such successor of the obligations of the Company herein 
and in the Securities in accordance with Article V;

    (6)   to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or 
maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or

    (7)   to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder 
by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities.

    SECTION 9.2  Amendments, Supplemental Indentures and Waivers with Consent 
of Holders.

Subject to Section 6.8, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a 
majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Securities 
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange 
offer for Securities), by written act of said Holders delivered to the 
Company and the Trustee, the Company (when authorized by a Board Resolution) 
and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities or 
enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of 
adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the 
provisions of this Indenture or the Securities or of modifying in any manner 
the rights of the Holders under this Indenture or the Securities; provided 
that no such amendment or supplement to Article XI of this Indenture, or 
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto which adds any provision to or 
changes in any manner or eliminates any of the provisions of Article XI of 
this Indenture or which modifies in any manner the rights of the Holders 
under Article XI of this Indenture shall be effective unless such amendment, 
supplement or indenture or indentures supplemental has been approved in 
writing by the Representative or Representatives of the holders of all 
Designated Secured Portfolio Debt then outstanding.  Subject to Section 6.8, 
the Holder or Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal 
amount of then outstanding Securities may waive compliance by the Company 
with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities; provided that no 
waiver of compliance by the Company with any provision of Article XI of this 
Indenture shall be effective unless such waiver has been approved in writing 
by the Representative or Representatives of  the holders of all Designated 
Secured Portfolio Debt then outstanding.  Notwithstanding any of the above, 
however, no such amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver shall, without 
the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected thereby (and, 
in the case of any amendment, supplemental indenture or waiver of any 
provision of Article XI of this Indenture, without the written consent of 
each Representative of the holders of any Designated Secured Portfolio Debt 
then outstanding):

    (1)   reduce the percentage of principal amount of the outstanding 
Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver 
of any provision of this Indenture or the Securities;

    (2)   reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest on any 
Security;

                                      A-61

<PAGE>

    (3)   reduce the principal amount of any Security, or reduce the Change 
of Control Purchase Price or the Redemption Price;

    (4)   change the Stated Maturity or the Change of Control Purchase Date 
of any Security;

    (5)   alter the redemption provisions of Article III or the provisions of 
Section 4.16 or Article X in a manner adverse to any Holder;

    (6)   make any changes in the provisions concerning waivers of Defaults 
or Events of Default by Holders of the Securities or the rights of Holders to 
recover the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption 
payment with respect to, any Security, including without limitation any 
changes in Section 6.8, 6.12 or this third sentence of this Section 9.2;

    (7)   reduce the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any 
Security payable as provided for in this Indenture and the Securities (or 
change the place of payment where, or the coin, currency or manner in which, 
any Security or any principal, premium, or interest is payable); or

    (8)   make any change to this Indenture that would adversely affect the 
contractual ranking of the Securities.

    It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this 
Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, 
supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the 
substance thereof.

    After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes 
effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice 
briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the 
Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not in any way 
impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver.

    After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2 or 
Section 9.4 becomes effective, it shall bind each Holder.

    The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, 
directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by 
way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder of any outstanding 
Securities for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any 
terms or provisions of the outstanding Securities unless such consideration 
is offered to be paid or agreed to be paid to all Holders of the Securities 
which so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the 
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

                                      A-62

<PAGE>

    SECTION 9.3  Compliance with TIA.

    Every amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture or the Securities 
shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

    SECTION 9.4  Revocation and Effect of Consents.

    Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to 
it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent 
Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as 
the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not made 
on any Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the 
consent as to his Security or portion of his Security by written notice to 
the Company or the Person designated by the Company as the Person to whom 
consents should be sent if such revocation is received by the Company or such 
Person before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers' Certificate 
certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities 
have consented (and have not theretofore revoked such consent) to the 
amendment, supplement or waiver.

    The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the 
purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, 
supplement or waiver, which record date shall be the date so fixed by the 
Company notwithstanding the provisions of the TIA.  If a record date is 
fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding 
paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date, and only those 
Persons (or their duly designated proxies), shall be entitled to revoke any 
consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders 
after such record date.  No such consent shall be valid or effective for more 
than 90 days after such record date.

    After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind 
every Securityholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses 
(1) through (8) of Section 9.2, in which case, the amendment, supplement or 
waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and 
every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences 
the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security; provided that any such 
waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment 
of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on a Security, on or after the 
respective dates set for such amounts to become due and payable expressed in 
such Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or 
after such respective dates.

    SECTION 9.5  Notation on or Exchange of Securities.

    If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, 
the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the 
Trustee or require the Holder to put an appropriate notation on the Security. 
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security briefly 
describing the changed terms and return it to the Holder.  Alternatively, if 
the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company, in exchange for the 
Security, shall issue 

                                      A-63

<PAGE>

and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed 
terms.  Any failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new 
Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or 
waiver.

    SECTION 9.6  Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

    The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized 
pursuant to this Article IX; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be 
obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects 
the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The 
Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying 
upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of any amendment, 
supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or 
permitted by this Indenture.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                           
                  RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL
                                           

    SECTION 10.1  Repurchase of Securities at Option of the Holder Upon a 
Change of Control.

    (a)   In the event that a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall 
have the right, at such Holder's option, pursuant to an irrevocable and 
unconditional offer by the Company (the "Change of Control Offer") subject to 
the terms and conditions of this Indenture, to require the Company to 
repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Securities (provided, that the 
principal amount of such Securities at maturity must be $1,000 or an integral 
multiple thereof) on a date selected by the Company that is no later than 45 
Business Days after the occurrence of such Change of Control (the "Change of 
Control Purchase Date"), at a cash price (the "Change of Control Purchase 
Price") equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus (subject to the 
right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive interest due on an 
Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to such repurchase date and subject 
to clause (b)(4) below) accrued and unpaid interest to and including the 
Change of Control Purchase Date.

    (b)   In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall be required 
to commence an offer to purchase Securities (a "Change of Control Offer") as 
follows:

          (1)   the Change of Control Offer shall commence within 15 Business 
    Days following the occurrence of the Change of Control;

          (2)   the Change of Control Offer shall remain open for 20 Business 
    Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable 
    law, rule or regulation (the "Change of Control Offer Period");

                                      A-64
<PAGE>

          (3)   upon the expiration of a Change of Control Offer, the Company 
    shall purchase all of the properly tendered Securities at the Change of 
    Control Purchase Price;

          (4)   if the Change of Control Purchase Date is on or after a 
    Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any 
    accrued interest will be paid to the Person in whose name a Security is 
    registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no 
    additional interest will be payable to Securityholders who tender 
    Securities pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

         (5)    the Company shall provide the Trustee and the Paying Agent 
    with notice of the Change of Control Offer at least three Business Days 
    before the commencement of any Change of Control Offer; and

         (6)    on or before the commencement of any Change of Control Offer, 
    the Company or the Registrar (upon the request and at the expense of the 
    Company) shall send, by first-class mail, a notice to each of the 
    Securityholders, which (to the extent consistent with this Indenture) 
    shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer and shall state:
               
                (i)   that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant 
          to such notice and this Section 10.1 and that all Securities, or    
          portions thereof, tendered will be accepted for payment;
               
                (ii)  the Change of Control Purchase Price (including the 
          amount of accrued and unpaid interest, subject to clause (b)(4) 
          above), the Change of Control Purchase Date and the Change of 
          Control Put Date (as defined below);
               
                (iii) that any Security, or portion thereof, not tendered or
          accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;
               
                (iv)  that, unless the Company defaults in depositing Cash 
          with the Paying Agent in accordance with the last paragraph of this 
          Article X or such payment is prevented, any Security, or portion 
          thereof, accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control 
          Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control 
          Purchase Date;
               
                (v)   that Holders electing to have a Security, or portion 
          thereof, purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be 
          required to surrender the Security, with the section entitled 
          "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Security 
          completed, to the Paying Agent (which may not for purposes of this 
          Section 10.1, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the 
          contrary, be the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) at the 
          address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on 
          the earlier of (a) the third Business Day prior to the Change of 
          Control Purchase Date and (b) the third Business Day following the 
          expiration of the Change of Control Offer (such earlier date being the
          "Change of Control Put Date");

                                      A-65

<PAGE>

                (vi)  that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their 
          election, in whole or in part, if the Paying Agent (which may not 
          for purposes of this Section 10.1, notwithstanding anything in this 
          Indenture to the contrary, be the Company or any Affiliate of the 
          Company) receives, up to the close of business on the Change of 
          Control Put Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or 
          letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount 
          of the Securities the Holder is withdrawing and a statement that 
          such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such principal amount
          of Securities purchased; and
               
                (vii) a brief description of the events resulting in such 
          Change of Control.

    Any such Change of Control Offer shall comply with all applicable 
provisions of Federal and state laws, including those regulating tender 
offers, if applicable, and any provisions of this Indenture which conflict 
with such laws (A) shall be deemed to be superseded by the provisions of such 
laws and (B) shall not be deemed to have been breached by virtue thereof.

    On or before the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Company shall (i) 
accept for payment Securities or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant 
to the Change of Control Offer and (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent Cash 
sufficient to pay the Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued 
and unpaid interest subject to clause (b)(4) above) for all Securities or 
portions thereof so tendered.  Promptly following the Change of Control 
Purchase Date the Company shall deliver to the Registrar Securities so 
accepted, together with an Officers' Certificate listing the Securities or 
portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall on 
the Change of Control Purchase Date or promptly thereafter mail to Holders of 
Securities so accepted payment in an amount equal to the Change of Control 
Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated 
Damages, if any, subject to clause (b)(4) above), for such Securities 
(subject to clause (b)(4) above), and the Trustee or its authenticating agent 
shall promptly authenticate and the Registrar shall mail or deliver (or cause 
to be transferred by book entry) to such Holders a new Security equal in 
principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Security surrendered; 
provided that each such new Security will be in a principal amount of $1,000 
or an integral multiple thereof.  Any Securities not so accepted shall be 
promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The 
Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on 
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date.

                                      A-66

<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE XI
                                           
                             SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES
                                           

                                           
    SECTION 11.1.  Securities Subordinated to Secured Portfolio Debt.

    The Company and each Securityholder, by its acceptance of Securities, 
agree that (a) the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities 
and (b) any other payment or obligations in respect of the Securities, 
including on account of the acquisition or redemption of the Securities by 
the Company (including, without limitation, pursuant to Articles III or X) is 
subordinated, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XI, to 
the prior payment in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents of all Secured 
Portfolio Debt of the Company and that these subordination provisions are for 
the benefit of the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt.

    This Article XI shall constitute a continuing offer to all Persons who, 
in reliance upon such provisions, become holders of, or continue to hold, 
Secured Portfolio Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt, and such holders are made obligees 
hereunder and any one or more of them may enforce such provisions.

    The Securities shall in all respects rank (i) pari passu with all other 
unsecured Funded Recourse Debt of the Company outstanding on the Issue Date 
and (ii) senior to any Funded Recourse Debt of the Company issued after the 
Issue Date, and only Indebtedness of the Company which is Secured Portfolio 
Debt shall rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions 
set forth herein.  

    SECTION 11.2.  No Payment on Securities in Certain Circumstances.

          (a)   No payment (by set-off or otherwise) shall be made by or on 
behalf of the Company, as applicable, on account of the principal of, 
premium, if any, or interest on the Securities (including any repurchases of 
Securities), or on account of the redemption provisions of the Securities or 
any obligation in respect of the Securities, for Cash or property, (i) upon 
the maturity of any Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company, as applicable, by 
lapse of time, acceleration (unless waived) or otherwise, unless and until 
all principal of and the interest on such Secured Portfolio Debt are first 
paid in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents, or (ii) in the event of default in 
the payment of any principal or interest on or fee in respect of Secured 
Portfolio Debt of the Company when it becomes due and payable, whether at 
maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment or by declaration or otherwise (a 
"Payment Default"), unless and until such Payment Default has been cured or 
waived or otherwise has ceased to exist; provided that the Company may pay 
the Securities without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee 
receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the 
Designated Secured Portfolio Debt with respect to which such payment default 
has occurred and is continuing.  

          (b)   In furtherance of the provisions of Section 11.1, in the 
event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.2, 
any payment or distribution of assets of the Company shall be received by the 
Trustee or the Securityholders at a time when such payment or distribution is 
prohibited by the provisions of this Section 11.2, such payment or 
distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of the holders of such 
Secured Portfolio Debt, and shall be paid or delivered by the Trustee or such 
Securityholders, as the case may be, to the holders of such Secured Portfolio 
Debt remaining unpaid or to their Representative or Representatives, ratably 
according to the aggregate principal amounts remaining unpaid on account of 
such Secured Portfolio Debt held or represented by each, for application to 
the payment of all such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid, to the 
extent necessary to pay all such Secured 

                                      A-67

<PAGE>

Portfolio Debt in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents after giving effect to any 
concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Secured Portfolio 
Debt.

    SECTION 11.3.  Securities Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Secured 
Portfolio Debt on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization.

    Upon any distribution of assets of the Company or upon any dissolution, 
winding up, total or partial liquidation or reorganization of the Company, 
whether voluntary or involuntary, in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or 
a similar proceeding or upon assignment for the benefit of creditors or any 
marshalling of assets or liabilities:

          (a)   the holders of all Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company, as 
applicable, will first be entitled to receive payment in full in Cash or Cash 
Equivalents before the Securityholders are entitled to receive any payment on 
account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities 
or any obligation in respect of the Securities;

          (b)   any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any 
kind or character from any source, whether in Cash, property or securities to 
which the Securityholders or the Trustee on behalf of the Securityholders 
would be entitled (by set-off or otherwise), except for the provisions of 
this Article XI, shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other 
person making such a payment or distribution directly to the holders of such 
Secured Portfolio Debt or their Representative to the extent necessary to 
make payment in full on all such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid, 
after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders 
of such Secured Portfolio Debt; and

          (c)   in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment 
or distribution of assets of the Company shall be received by the Trustee or 
the Securityholders at a time when such payment or distribution is prohibited 
by the foregoing provisions, such payment or distribution shall be held in 
trust for the benefit of the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt, and 
shall be paid or delivered by the Trustee or such Securityholders, as the 
case may be, to the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid 
or to their Representative or Representatives ratably according to the 
aggregate principal amounts remaining unpaid on account of such Secured 
Portfolio Debt held or represented by each, for application to the payment of 
all such Secured Portfolio Debt remaining unpaid, to the extent necessary to 
pay all such Secured Portfolio Debt in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents after 
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of 
such Secured Portfolio Debt.

    SECTION. 11.4.  Securityholders to Be Subrogated to Rights of Holders of 
Secured Portfolio Debt.

    Subject to the payment in full in Cash or Cash Equivalents of all Secured 
Portfolio Debt of the Company as provided herein, the Securityholders shall 
be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt to 
receive payments or distributions of assets of the Company applicable to the 
Secured Portfolio Debt until all amounts owing on the Securities shall be 
paid in full, and for the purpose of such subrogation no such payments or 
distributions to the holders of such Secured Portfolio Debt by or on behalf 
of the Company, or by or on behalf of the 

                                      A-68

<PAGE>

Securityholders by virtue of this Article XI, which otherwise would have been 
made to the Securityholders shall, as between the Company and the 
Securityholders, be deemed to be payment by the Company or on account of such 
Secured Portfolio Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this 
Article XI are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the 
relative rights of the Securityholders, on the one hand, and the holders of 
such Senior Debt, on the other hand.

    If any payment or distribution to which the Securityholders would 
otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this Article XI shall 
have been applied, pursuant to the provisions of this Article XI, to the 
payment of amounts payable under Secured Portfolio Debt of the Company, then 
the Securityholders shall be entitled to receive from the holders of such 
Secured Portfolio Debt any payments or distributions received by such holders 
of Secured Portfolio Debt in excess of the amount sufficient to pay all 
amounts payable under or in respect of such Secured Portfolio Debt in full in 
Cash or Cash Equivalents.

    SECTION 11.5.  Obligations of the Company Unconditional.

    Nothing contained in this Article XI or elsewhere in this Indenture or in 
the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company and the 
Securityholders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and 
unconditional, to pay to the Securityholders the principal of, premium, if 
any, and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and 
payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the 
relative rights of the Securityholders and creditors of the Company other 
than the holders of the Secured Portfolio Debt, nor shall anything herein or 
therein prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising all 
remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this 
Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article XI, of the 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt in respect of Cash, property or securities 
of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.  
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XI or elsewhere in 
this Indenture or in the Securities, upon any distribution of assets of the 
Company referred to in this Article XI, the Trustee, subject to the 
provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2, and the Securityholders shall be entitled 
to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction 
in which such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization 
proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the liquidating Trustee or agent 
or other Person making any distribution to the Trustee or the Securityholders 
for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such 
distribution, the holders of the Secured Portfolio Debt and other 
Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the 
amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent 
thereto or to this Article XI so long as such court has been apprised of the 
provisions of, or the order, decree or certificate makes reference to, the 
provisions of this Article XI.  Nothing in this Section 11.5 shall apply to 
the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7.

    SECTION 11.6.  Trustee Entitled to Assume Payments Not Prohibited in 
Absence of Notice.

    The Trustee shall not at any time be charged with knowledge of the 
existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or 
by the Trustee unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall 
have received, no later than one Business Day prior to such 

                                      A-69

<PAGE>

payment, written notice thereof from the Company or from one or more holders 
of Secured Portfolio Debt or from any Representative therefor and, prior to 
the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the 
provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2, shall be entitled in all respects 
conclusively to assume that no such fact exists.

    SECTION 11.7.  Application by Trustee of Assets Deposited with It.

    Amounts deposited by the Company in trust with the Trustee pursuant to 
and in accordance with Article VIII shall be for the sole benefit of 
Securityholders and, to the extent (i) the making of such deposit did not, or 
after giving effect to such deposit does not, result in any contravention of 
any term or provision of the Revolver Agreement and (ii) allocated for the 
payment of Securities, shall not be subject to the subordination provisions 
of this Article XI.  Otherwise, any deposit of assets with the Trustee or the 
Paying Agent (whether or not in trust) for the payment of principal of or 
interest on any Securities shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 
11.1, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4; provided that, if prior to one Business Day 
preceding the date on which by the terms of this Indenture any such assets 
may become distributable for any purpose (including without limitation, the 
payment of either principal of or interest on any Security) the Trustee or 
such Paying Agent shall not have received with respect to such assets the 
written notice provided for in Section 11.6, then the Trustee or such Paying 
Agent shall have full power and authority to receive such assets and to apply 
the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be 
affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or 
after such date.

    SECTION 11.8.  Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of 
the Company or Holders of Secured Portfolio Debt.

    No right of any present or future holders of any Secured Portfolio Debt 
to enforce subordination provisions contained in this Article XI shall at any 
time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the 
part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any 
such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms of this 
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have 
or be otherwise charged with.  The holders of Secured Portfolio Debt may 
extend, renew, modify or amend the terms of the Secured Portfolio Debt or any 
security therefor and release; sell or exchange such security and otherwise 
deal freely with the Company, all without affecting the liabilities and 
obligations of the parties to this Indenture of the Securityholders.

    SECTION 11.9.  Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate 
Subordination of Securities.

    Each Securityholder by his acceptance thereof authorizes and expressly 
directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or 
appropriate to effectuate the subordination provisions contained in this 
Article XI and to protect the rights of the Securityholders pursuant to this 
Indenture, and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose, 
including, in the event of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or 
reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or 
receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors 
or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company), the 
immediate 

                                      A-70

<PAGE>

filing of a claim for the unpaid balance of his Securities in the form 
required in said proceedings and cause said claim to be approved.  If the 
Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in 
such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file 
such claim or claims, then the holders of the Secured Portfolio Debt or their 
representative are or is hereby authorized to have the right to file and are 
or is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the 
Securityholders.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the 
Trustee or the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt or their Representative to 
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder 
any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting 
the Securities or the rights of any Securityholder thereof, or to authorize 
the Trustee or the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt or their Representative 
to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.

    SECTION 11.10.  Right of Trustee to Hold Secured Portfolio Debt.

    The Trustee shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in this 
Article XI in respect of any Secured Portfolio Debt at any time held by it to 
the same extent as any other holder of Secured Portfolio Debt, and nothing in 
this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights 
as such holder.

    SECTION 11.11.  Article XI Not to Prevent Events of Default.

    This failure to make a payment on account of principal of, premium, if 
any, or interest on the Securities by reason of any provision of this Article 
XI shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default or an 
Event of Default under Section 6.1 or in any way limit the rights of the 
Trustee or any Securityholder to pursue any other rights or remedies with 
respect to the Securities.

    SECTION 11.12.  No Fiduciary Duty of Trustee to Holders of Secured 
Portfolio Debt.

    The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders 
of Secured Portfolio Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders (other 
than for its willful misconduct or negligence) if it shall in good faith 
mistakenly pay over or distribute to the Securityholders of the Securities or 
the Company or any other Person, Cash, property or securities to which any 
holders of Secured Portfolio Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 
XI or otherwise.  Nothing in this Section 11.12 shall affect the obligation 
of any other such Person to hold such payment for the benefit of, and to pay 
such payment over to, the holders of Secured Portfolio Debt or their 
representative.  In the event of any conflict between the fiduciary duty of 
the Trustee to the Holders of Securities and to the holders of Secured 
Portfolio Debt, the Trustee is expressly authorized to resolve such conflict 
in favor of the Securityholders.

    SECTION 11.13.  Acceleration of Payment of Securities.

    If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of 
Default, the Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated 
Secured Portfolio Debt (or their Representative) of the acceleration.  If any 
Designated Secured Portfolio Debt is outstanding, the Company 

                                      A-71
<PAGE>

may not pay the Securities until five days after such holders or the 
Representative of the Designated Secured Portfolio Debt receive notice of 
such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Securities only if this 
Article XI otherwise permits payment at that time.

                                     ARTICLE XII
                                           
                                    MISCELLANEOUS
                                           
    SECTION 12.1  TIA Controls.

    If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or conflicts with 
the duties imposed by operation of the TIA, the imposed duties, upon 
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA, shall control.

    SECTION 12.2  Notices.

    Any notices or other communications to the Company or the Trustee 
required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be 
sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or registered or 
certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as 
follows:

                    if to the Company:

                    HPSC, Inc.
                    60 State Street, 35th Floor
                    Boston, Massachusetts  02109-1803
                    Attention:  President
                    Telecopy:  (617) 720-7299

                    if to the Trustee:

                    State Street Bank and Trust Company
                    225 Franklin Street
                    Boston, Massachusetts  02210
                    Attention: Corporate Trust
                    Telecopy:  (617) 664-5371

    Any party by notice to each other party may designate additional or 
different addresses as shall be furnished in writing by such party.  Any 
notice or communication to any party shall be deemed to have been given or 
made as of the date so delivered, if personally delivered; when receipt is 
acknowledged, if telecopied; and five Business Days after mailing if sent by 
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change 
of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by 
the addressee).

                                      A-72

<PAGE>

    Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed to 
him or her by first class mail or other equivalent means at his or her 
address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be 
sufficiently given to him or her if so mailed within the time prescribed.

    Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any 
defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other 
Securityholders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner 
provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

    SECTION 12.3  Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

    Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other 
Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the 
Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person 
shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

    SECTION 12.4  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

    Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any 
action under this Indenture, such Person shall furnish to the Trustee:

    (1)   an Officers' Certificate (in form and substance reasonably 
satisfactory to the Trustee) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all 
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the 
proposed action have been met; and

    (2)   an Opinion of Counsel (in form and substance reasonably 
satisfactory to the Trustee) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, 
all such conditions precedent have been met;

provided, however, that in the case of any such request or application as to 
which the furnishing of particular documents is specifically required by any 
provision of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be 
furnished under this Section.

    SECTION 12.5  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

    Each Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel with respect to 
compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall 
include:

    (1)   a statement that the Person making such Officers' Certificate or 
Opinion of Counsel has read such covenant or condition;

    (2)   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or 
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such 
Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel are based;

                                        A-73

<PAGE>

    (3)   a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such 
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an 
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been 
met; and

    (4)   a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such 
Person, such condition or covenant has been met; provided, however, that with 
respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' 
Certificate or certificates of public officials.

    SECTION 12.6  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar.

    The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of 
Securityholders.  The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for 
its functions.

    SECTION 12.7  Non-Business Days.

    If a payment date is not a Business Day, any payment required to be paid 
to Holders may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and 
no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

    SECTION 12.8  Governing Law.

    THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN 
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AS APPLIED TO CONTRACTS 
MADE AND PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE COMPANY HEREBY 
IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING 
IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK OR ANY FEDERAL COURT 
SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN RESPECT OF ANY 
SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE AND 
THE SECURITIES, AND IRREVOCABLY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS 
PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID 
COURTS.  THE COMPANY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY 
EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR 
HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR 
PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION 
OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT 
FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE TRUSTEE OR ANY 
SECURITYHOLDER TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO 
COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED AGAINST THE COMPANY IN ANY 
OTHER JURISDICTION.

                                      A-74

<PAGE>

    SECTION 12.9  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

    This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or 
debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, 
loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

    SECTION 12.10  No Recourse Against Others.

    No direct or indirect , incorporator, stockholder, director, officer or 
employee, as such, past, present or future, of the Company, or any successor 
entity, shall have any personal liability in respect of the obligations of 
the Company under the Securities or this Indenture by reason of his, her or 
its status as such incorporator, stockholder, director, officer or employee.  
Each Securityholder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such 
liability.  Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for the 
issuance of the Securities.

    SECTION 12.11  Successors.

    All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall 
bind its successor.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall 
bind its successor.

    SECTION 12.12  Duplicate Originals.

    All parties may sign any number of copies or counterparts of this 
Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of 
them together shall represent the same agreement.

    SECTION 12.13  Severability.

    In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the 
Securities shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect 
for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such 
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in 
any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the 
provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

    SECTION 12.14  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

    The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles 
and the Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of 
reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way 
modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

                                      A-75

<PAGE>

    SECTION 12.15  Qualification of Indenture.

    The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such 
Officers' Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may 
reasonably request in connection with any qualification of this Indenture 
under the TIA. 

                                      A-76

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES
                                           
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be 
duly executed as of the date first written above.

                                        HPSC , INC. 

                                        By:  /s/ John W. Everets
                                             ------------------------------
                                             Name: John W. Everets 
                                             Title: Chief Executive Officer


Attest: /s/ Rene LeFebvre
       ------------------------------------
               Name: Rene LeFebvre
                    -----------------------
                    Chief Financial Officer

                                        STATE STREET BANK AND 
                                             TRUST COMPANY, 
                                             as Trustee



                                        By:  /s/ Gary Dougherty
                                             -------------------------------
                                             Name: Gary Dougherty 
                                             Title: Assistant Vice President


Attest:  /s/ Carolina D. Altomare
       ------------------------------- 
       Name: Carolina D. Altomare
       Title: Assistant Secretary 


                                      A-77


<PAGE>
                                                              EXHIBIT 10.28

                                      EXHIBIT A
                                           
                                  [FORM OF SECURITY]
                                           
                                     HPSC, INC.
                                           
                        11% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2007
                                           
                                                      CUSIP NO. 404264 AC 7 

    NO. _______________                               $ __________

    HPSC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company", 
which term includes any successors under the Indenture hereinafter referred 
to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to __________________, or 
registered assigns, the principal sum of ____________________ DOLLARS 
($_____________), less the principal amount of Sinking Fund Payments 
previously made and applied, as described herein, on April 1, 2007.

    Interest Payment Dates: April 1 and October 1, commencing October 1, 1997.

    Record Dates: March 15 and September 15.
    
    Sinking Fund Payment Dates:  January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1,
    commencing July 1, 2002

    Reference is made to the further provisions of this Security on the 
reverse side, which will, for all purposes, have the same effect as if set 
forth at this place.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be duly 
executed under its corporate seal.

DATED:  March 26, 1997.

                             HPSC, INC.,

[Seal]

                             By:     _____________________________
                             Name:   John W. Everets
                             Title:  Chief Executive Officer

Attest:  _________________________________
         Name:  
         Title:  Vice President of Finance 
                 and Chief Financial
                 Officer

                                           1
<PAGE>
                                            
This is one of the Securities described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
    


                        STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY



                        As Trustee



                        By: _____________________________
                             Authorized Signatory
    

                                     HPSC, INC.
                                           
                        __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2007
                                           

    Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in 
definitive form, this Security may not be transferred except as a whole by 
the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the 
Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the 
Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such 
successor Depository. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized 
representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, 
New York) ("DTC"), to the Company or its agent for registration of transfer, 
exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of 
Cede & Co. or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of 
DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as is 
requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR 
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL 
inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.
 


                                      2
<PAGE>



                                  (BACK OF SECURITY)
                                           

1.  INTEREST.

    HPSC, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the "Company," 
which term includes any successors of the Company under the Indenture 
hereinafter referred to), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of 
this Security at the rate of 11% per annum  To the extent it is lawful, the 
Company promises to pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without 
regard to applicable grace periods) at the rate of 11% per annum compounded 
semi-annually.

    The Company will pay interest semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of 
each year (each, an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing October 1, 1997.  
Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which 
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid on the Securities, 
from March 26, 1997.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day 
year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

2.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.

    The Company shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted 
interest )to the Persons who are the registered Holders at the close of 
business on the Record Date immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date.  
Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal 
payments. Except as provided below, the Company shall pay principal, premium, 
if any, and interest in such coin or currency of the United States of America 
as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for payment of public and 
private debts ("U.S. Legal Tender").  The Securities will be payable as to 
principal, premium, if any, and interest, and the Securities may be presented 
for registration of transfer or exchange, at the office or agency of the 
Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City of Boston, the 
Commonwealth of Massachusetts or, at the option of the Company, such payments 
may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in 
the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of 
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, 
premium, if any, and interest on all Global Securities and all other 
Securities the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer 
instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent.  Until otherwise designated 
by the Company, the Company's office or agency will be the corporate trust 
office of the Trustee.

3.  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.

    Initially, State Street Bank and Trust Company (the "Trustee"), will act 
as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent, 
Registrar or co- Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act as Paying Agent, 
Registrar or co-Registrar.


                                       3
<PAGE>


4.  INDENTURE.

    The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture, dated as of March 
20, 1997 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee.  Capitalized 
terms herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture unless otherwise 
defined herein.  The terms of the Securities include those stated in the 
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA, as in 
effect on the date of the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such 
terms, and Holders of Securities are referred to the Indenture and the TIA 
for a statement of them.  The Securities are general unsecured obligations of 
the Company limited in aggregate principal amount to $23,000,000.

5.  REDEMPTION.

    The Securities may be redeemed in whole or from time to time in part at 
any time on and after April 1, 2002, at the option of the Company, at the 
Redemption Price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) set forth 
below with respect to the indicated Redemption Date, in each case, plus any 
accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date. The Securities 
may not be so redeemed prior to April 1, 2002.

              If redeemed during
              the 12-month period
              beginning April 1             Redemption Price
              ----------------------        -----------------
              2002                          105%
              2003                          104%
              2004                          103%
              2005                          102%
              2006 AND THEREAFTER           101%

    Any such redemption will comply with Article III of the Indenture.

6.  SINKING FUND.

    As more fully set forth in the Indenture, the Company is required to 
redeem on January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year, commencing 
July 1, 2002 and continuing through and including April 1, 2007, a portion of 
the principal amount of the Securities at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of 
the aggregate principal amount of the Securities so redeemed, plus accrued 
and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

7.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

    Notice of redemption will be sent by first class mail, at least 30 days 
and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to the Holder of each 
Security to be redeemed at such Holder's last address as then shown upon the 
registry books of the Registrar. Securities may be redeemed in part in 
integral multiples of $1,000 only.

                                      4
<PAGE>


    Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, 
if monies for the redemption of the Securities called for redemption shall 
have been deposited with the Paying Agent on such Redemption Date and payment 
of the Securities called for redemption is not prohibited under the 
Indenture, the Securities called for redemption will cease to bear interest 
and the only right of the Holders of such Securities will be to receive 
payment of the Redemption Price, plus any accrued and unpaid interest if any, 
to the Redemption Date.

8.  DENOMINATIONS; TRANSFER; EXCHANGE.

    The Securities are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations 
of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.  A Holder may register the transfer 
of, or exchange Securities in accordance with, the Indenture.  No service 
charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the 
Securities, but the Company may require a Holder, among other things, to 
furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes 
and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need 
not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for 
redemption.

9.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

    The registered Holder of a Security may be treated as the owner of it for 
all purposes.
    
10. UNCLAIMED MONEY.

    If money for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest 
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent(s) will pay 
the money back to the Company at its written request.  After that, all 
liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent(s) with respect to such money 
shall cease.

11. DISCHARGE PRIOR TO REDEMPTION OR MATURITY.

    Except as set forth in the Indenture, if the Company irrevocably deposits 
with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, Cash, U.S. 
Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be 
sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent 
public accountants selected by the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, 
if any, and interest , on the Securities to redemption or maturity and 
complies with the other provisions of the Indenture relating thereto, the 
Company will be discharged from certain provisions of the Indenture and the 
Securities (including the restrictive covenants described below, but 
excluding their obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and 
interest on the Securities).  Upon satisfaction of certain additional 
conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company may elect to have its 
obligations discharged with respect to outstanding Securities.


                                     5
<PAGE>


12. AMENDMENT; SUPPLEMENT; WAIVER.

    Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Securities may be 
amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a 
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding, 
and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision 
may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate 
principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.  Without notice to or 
consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may under certain circumstances 
amend or supplement the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things, 
cure any ambiguity, defect, typographical error or inconsistency, or make any 
other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of a 
Security.

13. RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS.

    The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company 
and its Subsidiaries to, among other things, incur additional Funded Recourse 
Debt and Disqualified Capital Stock, pay dividends or make certain other 
Restricted Payments, enter into certain transactions with Affiliates, incur 
Liens, sell assets, merge or consolidate with any other Person or transfer 
(by lease, assignment or otherwise) substantially all of the properties and 
assets of the Company.  The limitations are subject to a number of important 
qualifications and exceptions. The Company must periodically report to the 
Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

14. RANKING; SUBORDINATION.

    Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities 
is subordinated in the manner and to the extent set forth in the Indenture, 
in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Secured Portfolio 
Debt.  Payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 
Securities will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing 
unsecured Funded Recourse Debt and senior in right of payment to all future 
unsecured Funded Recourse Debt of the Company.

15. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

    If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to offer 
to purchase on the Change of Control Payment Date all outstanding Securities 
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus 
accrued and unpaid interest, to the Change of Control Payment Date.  Holders 
of Securities will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Company prior 
to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such 
Securities purchased by completing the form entitled "Option of Holder to 
Elect Purchase" appearing below.

16. REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON DEATH.

     Upon the death of any Holder of Securities, and upon the further receipt 
by the Company or the Trustee of a written request for repurchase and 
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company shall 
be required to pay the Repurchase Price of, and (except if the Repurchase 
Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on all or such 
portion

                                      6
<PAGE>


(which portion shall be an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of the 
minimum authorized denomination) of the Security or Securities held by the 
deceased Holder at the date of such Holder's death as requested, PROVIDED 
that the Company shall not be required to make repurchase payments 
aggregating more than (i) $25,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest) 
in any calendar year on a Security or Securities held by any one deceased 
Holder or (ii) $250,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest) in any 
calendar year on Securities held by any number of deceased Holders.

17. SUCCESSORS.

    When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the 
Securities and the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those 
obligations.

18. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.

    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of 
Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or 
reorganization), then in every such case, unless the principal of all of the 
securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or 
the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of Securities then 
outstanding may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately 
in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of 
Securities may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided 
in the Indenture.  The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it 
before it enforces the Indenture or the Securities.  Subject to certain 
limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 
Securities then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any 
trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Securities notice 
of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of 
principal, premium, if any, or interest if it determines in good faith that 
withholding notice is in their interest.

19. TRUSTEE OR AGENT DEALINGS WITH COMPANY.

    Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee and each Agent under the 
Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept 
deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and 
may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates as if it were not the 
Trustee or such Agent.

20. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.

    No direct or indirect incorporator, stockholder, director, officer or 
employee, as such, past, present or future, of the Company, or any successor 
entity, shall have any personal liability in respect of the obligations of 
the Company under the Securities or the Indenture by reason of his, her or 
its status as such incorporator, stockholder, director, officer or employee.  
Each Holder of a Security by accepting a Security waives and releases all 
such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the 
issuance of the Securities.


                                       7
<PAGE>

21. AUTHENTICATION.

    This Security shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating 
agent signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this 
Security.

22. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINED TERMS.

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Security or 
an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by 
the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not 
as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to 
Minors Act).

23. CUSIP NUMBERS.

    Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform 
Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to 
be printed on the Securities as a convenience to the Holders of the 
Securities.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as 
printed on the Securities and reliance may be placed only on the other 
identification numbers printed hereon.


                                        8
<PAGE>


 
                                      ASSIGNMENT
                                           
                           I or we assign this security to
                                           

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               


(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

    Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee

_____________________  and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Security
on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.



DATED: _________________________    SIGNED: ____________________
                                            (Sign exactly as name
                                            appears on the other side
                                            of this Security)


                                      9
<PAGE>
 
                         OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT REPURCHASE
                                           

    If you want to elect to have this Security repurchased by the Company 
pursuant to Section 4.16 (upon the death of the Holder of this Note) or 
Article X of the Indenture, check the appropriate box: 

      / /   Section 4.16         / /    Article X

    If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the 
Company pursuant to Section 4.16 or Article X of the Indenture, as the case 
may be, state the amount you want to be purchased (in an amount which must be 
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof): $_________

Date: ___________________       Signature: _______________________________ 
                                           (Sign exactly as name appears on
                                           the other side of this Security)



                                       10
<PAGE>

 
                    SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF DEFINITIVE SECURITIES
                                           

    The following exchanges of a part of this Global Security for Definitive
Securities have been made:


                               Amount          
              Amount           of Increase  Principal           Signature   
              of Decrease      in           Amount of           of          
              in Principal     Principal    this Global         Authorized  
              Amount           Amount       Security            Officer or  
              of this          of this      following           Trustee or  
Date          Global           Global       such                Securities  
of Exchange   Security         Security     decrease/increase   Custodian   
- -----------   ------------     ------------ -----------------   -------------





                                       11


<PAGE>

                                                            EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF HPSC, INC.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Name of Subsidiary                             Jurisdiction of Incorporation
     ------------------                             -----------------------------
<S>                                                 <C>

Credient, Inc.                                                 Canada
American Commercial Finance Corporation                        Delaware
HPSC Funding Corp. I                                           Delaware
HPSC Bravo Funding Corp.                                       Delaware

</TABLE>



<PAGE>

                                                            Exhibit 23.1


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 
33-60077, 33-60073, 33-10796, and 33-6075 of HPSC, Inc. on Form S-8 of our 
report dated February 28, 1997 (March 26, 1997 as to Note K), appearing in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K of HPSC, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 
1996.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 28, 1997



<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 23.2

                        Consent of Independent Accountants

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration 
statements of HPSC, Inc. on Form S-8 (File Nos. 33-60073, 33-60077, 33-10796 
and 33-6075) of our report dated March 25, 1996, on our audits of the 
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of HPSC, 
Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and for the two years then ended, which report 
is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

                                                /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

                                                Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.


Boston, Massachusetts
March 27, 1997





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                           8,945
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  178,737
<ALLOWANCES>                                     4,082
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     0
<PP&E>                                           2,379
<DEPRECIATION>                                     902
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 163,217
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                0
<BONDS>                                         76,737
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            48
<OTHER-SE>                                      34,332
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   163,217
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                17,515
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    8,059
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 1,564
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               8,146
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  1,579
<INCOME-TAX>                                       704
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                875
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                       875
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .22
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .22
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission